ANNLRPT 1 d33457dannlrpt.htm ANNLRPT ANNLRPT
Table of Contents

File No. 83-1

Regulation IA

Rule 3

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

100 F Street, NE

Washington, D.C. 20549

REPORT OF

THE INTER-AMERICAN DEVELOPMENT BANK

(the “Bank”)

In respect of

proposed issues of

debt securities of the Bank

Filed pursuant to Rule 3 of Regulation IA

Dated: February 18, 2026

 

 


Table of Contents

File No. 83-1

Regulation IA

Rule 3

The following information is filed pursuant to Rule 3 of Regulation IA with respect to proposed issues of debt securities of the Inter-American Development Bank (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”). As authorized by Rule 4 of Regulation IA, certain information is provided in the form of an Information Statement (hereinafter referred to as the “Information Statement”), which is attached hereto as an exhibit. Certain information specified in Schedule A to Regulation IA is not available at the date of this report, but when available will be filed as promptly as possible.

 

Item 1.

Description of Securities

 

Not yet known. When the terms of an offering of any securities are established, such securities will be described in a Prospectus. Same for Items 2 – 6 below.

 

Item 2.

Distribution of Securities

 

Not yet known.

 

Item 3.

Distribution Spread

 

Not yet known.

 

Item 4.

Discounts and Commissions to Sub-Underwriters and Dealers

 

Not yet known.

 

Item 5.

Other Expenses of Distribution

 

Not yet known.

 

Item 6.

Application of Proceeds

 

Not yet known.

 

Item 7.

Exhibit

 

Information Statement, dated February 18, 2026.


Table of Contents

LOGO

Information Statement 2025 inter-american development bank


Table of Contents

LOGO

Information Statement

The Inter-American Development Bank (Bank or IDB or IADB) intends from time to time to issue its debt securities with maturities and on terms based on market conditions at the time of sale. The debt securities may be sold to dealers or underwriters, who may resell them in public offerings or otherwise, or they may be sold by the IADB directly or through agents. The terms, conditions and other details of debt securities being offered at any particular time will be set forth in a prospectus and various incorporated or supplemental documents thereto.

Unless otherwise stated, all information in this annual Information Statement is provided as of December 31, 2025, and all amounts are expressed in United States dollars.

AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION

The IADB will provide, upon request, copies of this Information Statement without charge. Written, or e-mail requests should be directed to the principal office of the IADB at 1300 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20577, Attention: Finance Department, e-mail: InvestorRelations@iadb.org.

The Information Statement is also available on the IADB’s website at https://www.iadb.org/en/how-we-can-work-together/public-sector/financing-solutions/financial-information. Other documents and information on this website are not intended to be incorporated by reference in this Information Statement.

Recipients of this Information Statement should retain it for future reference, since it is intended that each prospectus and any supplemental Information Statement issued after the date hereof will refer to this Information Statement for a description of the IADB and its financial condition, until a subsequent Information Statement is issued.

February 18, 2026


Table of Contents

LOGO

Management discussion and analysis 2025 information statement


Table of Contents

HIGHLIGHTS FROM THE CFO

Robust Financial Performance in a Complex Environment

In 2025, the Inter-American Development Bank delivered strong and resilient financial results. Operating income reached $967 million, underpinned by stable net interest income of $1.9 billion, disciplined expense growth, and favorable investment returns. Net income expanded to $1.6 billion, supported by $617 million in fair value gains as interest rates shifted.

Lending activity accelerated, with $17.4 billion in new loan and guarantee approvals and solid year-on-year loan disbursement growth (+21%), contributing to $117.7 billion in outstanding loans. Liquidity remained robust at $36.4 billion, above prudential minimums and consistent with our triple-A credit profile.

In 2025, the Board approved raising the Bank’s Debt-to-Equity limit from 4.0x to 4.5x, expanding future lending headroom. Risk transfer tools, including over $10.3 billion in Exposure Exchange Agreements, credit risk insurance, and new shareholder-backed guarantees, improved portfolio diversification and capital efficiency.

Proactive Engagement with Credit Rating Agencies

We continued to lead MDB engagement with all three major credit rating agencies to strengthen their understanding of the MDB business model. This advocacy contributed to updates in rating criteria that are expected to enhance collective MDB lending capacity without compromising credit quality, positioning the Bank for sustained impact.

Expanded and Flexible Financing Options

In response to member needs, the Bank broadened its financing solutions. The Flexible Financing Facility continued to deliver currency, interest rate, and climate resilience features, including the Principal Payment Option, which was the first climate-resilient debt clause offered by an MDB, that is now covering more than $5.6 billion in principal. The approval by the Board of Directors of unlinked financial derivatives expands the instruments available to provide local currency financing.

The launch of the $1 billion Sub-Sovereign Finance Program, enabling lending without sovereign guarantees, marked a strategic expansion of access to finance. Meanwhile, the CAsA platform (Capacity Building, Asset Management, and Advisory Services) matured into a permanent offering, more than doubling assets under management and deepening advisory support to public institutions.

Delivering Financial Strength and Development Impact

Across 2025, the Bank demonstrated financial discipline, expanded client-focused solutions, and advanced capital management practices that enhance our capacity to support sustainable growth in Latin America and the Caribbean. These results underscore our commitment to resilience, responsible risk management, and measurable development outcomes, priorities that guide our trajectory into 2026 and beyond.

Gustavo De Rosa, CFO

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Highlights From the CFO

     4  

Financial Overview

     10  

Selected Financial Data

     11  

Financial Highlights

     12  

Development Operations

     23  

Liquidity Management

     34  

Sources of Funds

     37  

Financial Risk Management

     44  

Additional Reporting and Disclosure

     57  

Administration and Governance of the Bank

     59  

IDB Grant Facility

     65  

Funds Under Administration

     66  

IDB Invest

     67  

Index to Financial Statements

     68  


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

SUMMARY INFORMATION

The Inter-American Development Bank (Bank or IDB) is an international institution established in 1959, pursuant to the Agreement Establishing the Inter-American Development Bank (the Agreement) and is owned by its member countries. These members include 26 borrowing member countries and 22 non-borrowing member countries. The five largest members by shareholdings (with their share of total voting power) are the United States (30.0%), Argentina (11.4%), Brazil (11.4%), Mexico (7.3%) and Japan (5.0%). The mission of the IDB is to contribute to the acceleration of the process of economic and social development of the regional developing member countries, individually and collectively. The IDB’s Institutional Strategy (IDBStrategy+) sets the strategic direction through 2030 and is aligned with global commitments. For further information, refer to the strategy page of the IDB website.

The primary activities of the Bank are conducted through the Ordinary Capital and the IDB Grant Facility (GRF). Unless otherwise stated, all information provided in this Information Statement refers to the IDB’s Ordinary Capital.

Recent market updates

According to the IMF’s January 2026 World Economic Outlook (WEO) Update, Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC) economies are projected to grow by 2.4% in 2025, matching the growth rate observed in 2024. Growth remains broadly in line with the region’s historical trends, underscoring its resilience to heightened market uncertainty. Global growth in 2025 is also projected to remain unchanged from 2024, at 3.3%.

Looking ahead, global output is expected to grow by 3.3% in 2026 and 3.2% in 2027, while LAC growth is projected at 2.2% in 2026, before rising to 2.7% in 2027. Inflation in the region has largely returned to central bank targets, supporting financial stability, although fiscal vulnerabilities persist. Higher interest payments, driven by elevated debt levels and interest rates, are increasingly weighing on government finances and external balances.

Central banks in advanced economies began cutting policy rates in late 2024. After a prolonged pause, the U.S. Federal Reserve reduced its policy rate again in September 2025 and ended the year with a cumulative 75-basis-point cut, bringing the target range to 3.5%–3.75%. In contrast, the European Central Bank reduced rates by a cumulative 100 basis points in the first half of 2025, and held them at 2% for the remainder of the year. Many LAC central banks acted earlier, initiating rate cuts in 2024 as inflation eased, and maintaining a more gradual pace in 2025 as inflation converged toward target.

Despite the reductions in policy rates in 2025, long-term yields, such as the 10-year U.S. Treasury yield, have remained firm or increased, reflecting higher risk premia amid persistent macroeconomic uncertainty and concerns about fiscal sustainability.

Geopolitical tensions remain a significant downside risk. Key concerns include shifting trade relations, particularly through new tariff regimes and potential supply chain disruptions, as well as the trajectory of global interest rates. While the region has demonstrated resilience, continued uncertainty in trade and fiscal policies could weigh on growth prospects, especially if it amplifies existing structural bottlenecks.

The Bank remains the primary source of multilateral lending to countries in Latin America and the Caribbean and is committed to supporting its clients during periods of global stress. The Bank’s approvals envelope for the biennial period 2025 – 2026 is approximately $32 billion.

From a financial standpoint, Bank policies require Management to balance projected equity accumulation and growth of (risk-weighted) assets through a long-term financial planning process, which is run every year. The Bank has built capital buffers to absorb downward shocks stemming from rating downgrades and market volatility and it regularly assesses financial resiliency through stress

 

Page | 6


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

testing. Capital and liquidity metrics remained within their respective policy ranges.

Institutional Strategy

The IDB’s Institutional Strategy (IDBStrategy+) sets the strategic direction through 2030 and is aligned with global commitments under the SDGs. For further information, refer to the strategy page of the IDB website.

 

An Impact Framework is used to monitor IDBStrategy+, setting ambition and higher targets in a range of areas, with an enhanced focus on impact. The Impact Framework helps to deliver tangible results for the people of Latin America and the Caribbean, from improved access to basic services and increased social protection, to enhanced resilience and expanded economic opportunities. It includes indicators that focus on concrete results for beneficiaries as well as ways to measure progress in support for public-private synergies and resource mobilization. The Impact Framework also includes targets, such as projects supporting digital transformation (25% of approvals), projects targeting poor populations (50% of approvals), and projects supporting sustainable economic growth (75% of approvals).

 

Operating Income

   LOGO

Income before Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios(1) and foreign currency transactions, Other components of net pension benefit costs and Board of Governors approved transfers, which is defined as “Operating Income” in this Information Statement, totaled $967 million in 2025. See the “Financial results” section on page 17 for further discussion.

Equity and Borrowings

Equity: The equity of the IDB includes the subscribed capital stock and retained earnings. The subscribed capital stock is divided into: i) paid-in capital stock of $6,039 million, ii) additional paid-in capital of $5,815 million transferred from the Fund for Special Operations (FSO), and iii) callable capital stock of $164,901 million. The callable capital stock is available as needed for debt service payments and thus provides the ultimate backing for borrowings and guarantees. Retained earnings totaled $29,371 million at the end of the year.

The IDB’s Capital Adequacy Policy (CAP) includes a Capital Adequacy Policy Mandate (Mandate) and regulations. The Mandate, approved by the Board of Governors requires the IDB to maintain its Triple-A rating with all major credit rating agencies and to establish capital buffers.(2), to permit assumption of financial risks in times of stress, while preserving the IDB’s lending capacity. The CAP establishes capital requirements for credit and market risks related to lending and treasury operations as well as capital requirements for retirement and postretirement obligations and operational risks.

The IDB’s capital adequacy ratio was as of December 31, 2025, and during the whole year within the parameters established by its CAP.

Borrowings: The IDB issues debt securities in various currencies, maturities, formats and structures to meet investor demand and achieve diversification of funding sources. Outstanding borrowings of $117,116

 
(1) 

Reference to captions in the financial statements and related notes are identified by the name of the caption beginning with a capital letter every time they appear in this Information Statement.

(2) 

The capital buffer zone in the CAP equals the amount of capital required in excess of the minimum capital required to meet the Mandate.

 

Page | 7


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

million, before swaps, were denominated in 19 currencies and included $1,594 million of short-term borrowings at December 31, 2025.

The Bank uses a non-risk-based leverage limit based on the Debt-to-Equity ratio to complement the risk-based capital constraint. In August 2025, the Board of Directors approved an increase of the debt-to-equity limit from 4.0x to 4.5x and set a 0.5x (before 0.2x) operational buffer. As of December 31, 2025, the Debt-to-Equity ratio equaled 3.0 (See Table 20).

During 2025 and as of the date of this Information Statement, the IDB continues to be rated Triple-A by the major credit rating agencies.

Developmental Assets

Developmental assets include loans, guarantees and debt securities. At December 31, 2025, approximately 97% of the outstanding developmental assets are sovereign-guaranteed (SG).

Loans: The IDB’s principal earning asset is its loan portfolio which amounted to $117,747 million as of December 31, 2025.

The IDB makes loans to its developing member countries, agencies or political subdivisions of such members and to private enterprises carrying out projects in their territories. In the case of SG loans to borrowers other than national governments or central banks, the IDB requires a joint and several guarantee engaging the full faith and credit of the national government.

As a matter of policy, the IDB does not renegotiate nor reschedule its SG loans. IDB suspends loan disbursements and does not approve new loans to borrowers in the same country once payment arrears exceed 30 days. The loan portfolio to such countries is placed in nonaccrual status if the payment arrears exceed 180 days. Since its formation in 1959, the IDB has not written off, and has no expectation of writing off, any SG loans. For further information, refer to the non-performing loans in the Financial risk management section.

As of December 31, 2025, and during 2025, only one country was classified on non-accrual status (Venezuela). The total amount in arrears for principal and interest of Venezuela’s SG portfolio amounted to $2,187 million, from which $2,048 million corresponds to arrearages of more than 180 days. Since 2018, all loans to Venezuela amounting to $2,011 million (unchanged from 2018), were placed in nonaccrual status. Interest and fee income not recognized amounted to $113 million during 2025 (2024 - $127 million), and the related individually assessed allowance for credit losses was $625 million as of December 31, 2025 (2024 - $539 million). There were no other SG loans over 180 days past due, or in nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2025.

Guarantees: The Bank may make political risk and partial credit guarantees with a member country sovereign counter-guarantee.

Debt Securities: Debt securities related to development are classified as held-to-maturity given the Bank has the intent and ability to hold these securities to maturity. For debt securities where the Bank does not have the intent to hold the securities to maturity, the Bank elects the fair value option. As of December 31, 2025 debt securities outstanding amounted to $494 million (2024 - $632 million).

Allowance for credit losses on developmental assets and guarantees outstanding: The allowance for credit losses on developmental assets and guarantees outstanding totaled $938 million as of December 31, 2025 (2024 - $834 million), or approximately 0.8% of the total outstanding balance of such assets (2024 – 0.7%).

Liquid assets portfolio

The IDB policy mandates that liquidity floor covers, at a minimum, 12 months of projected net cash requirements, after accounting for liquidity haircuts, while the liquidity ceiling is set to allow the entire yearly borrowing program to be executed in the first quarter of the year. The Bank has remained compliant with the required liquidity levels.

 

Page | 8


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Liquidity is defined as cash and investments in convertible currencies, less restricted investments. At December 31, 2025, liquidity, was $36,407 million. During the year, liquidity averaged $37,481 million compared to $34,725 million in 2024.

Risk Management

The IDB conducts its operations within a framework of prudent financial and risk management policies and follows a well-defined risk management decision-making process, directed to limit its risk exposure. The IDB uses derivative instruments primarily as part of its asset and liability management policy (ALM), which manages exposure to interest rate and exchange rate risk. The IDB limits the interest rate risk in its debt funded loan and liquidity portfolios by economically hedging the interest rate exposure, primarily through use of interest rate swaps and by passing through the cost of borrowings that fund the loans. In addition, the Bank uses derivatives to manage the repricing and maturity profile of its equity-funded assets in accordance with the ALM policy. The ALM policy minimizes exchange rate risk for assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency by economically converting those foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities to USD, primarily through the use of foreign currency swaps.

Commercial credit risk in the liquid asset investment portfolio and derivatives portfolio is managed through conservative risk policies that require exposures to be limited to high quality issuers and counterparties. Credit exposures to swap counterparties are further mitigated through netting and collateralization arrangements.

Outlook

In December 2025, as a result of the Bank’s long-term financial planning process, the Board of Directors approved maintaining the $32 billion SG non-concessional lending envelope for the period 2025-2026. The Board also approved keeping the lending spread on SG non-concessional loans at 80 basis points (bps), and leaving other loan charges unchanged. The Bank may consider a revision of its sovereign-guaranteed lending spread in the future in accordance with its financial policy framework.

 

The above information is qualified by the detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Information Statement. In addition, the Information Statement contains forward-looking information, which may be identified by such terms as “believes”, “expects”, “intends” or words of similar meaning. Such statements involve a number of assumptions and estimates that are based on current expectations, which are subject to risks and uncertainties beyond the IDB’s control. Consequently, actual future results could differ materially from those currently anticipated. The IDB undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

 

Page | 9


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

FINANCIAL OVERVIEW

Unless otherwise indicated, all information provided in this Information Statement refers to the Bank’s Ordinary Capital.

As the world’s oldest regional multilateral development bank (MDB), the IDB is the primary source of multilateral financing for economic and social development in Latin America and the Caribbean. The Bank provides loans, guarantees, and technical assistance. As a knowledge Bank, it conducts extensive research in the region. The Bank maintains a strong commitment to achieving measurable results and the highest standards of integrity, transparency, and accountability.

The Bank’s strong financial standing is based on its solid capital base, the support it receives from its members and on its financial policies and practices. Member support is reflected in the capital backing received and in the diligence with which borrowing members meet their debt-service obligations. Prudent financial policies and practices have led the Bank to build its retained earnings, diversify its funding sources, hold a large portfolio of high quality liquid investments and manage a variety of risks, including credit, market and liquidity risks. Box 1 presents selected financial data for the last three years.

The Bank’s principal assets are loans to its member countries. The Bank makes sovereign-guaranteed loans, including highly concessional loans to the least developed and more vulnerable borrowing members, their agencies or political sub-divisions.

The Bank issues debt securities in a variety of currencies, formats, maturities and structures to investors worldwide. These borrowings, together with the Bank’s equity, are used to fund lending and investment activities, as well as general operations.

Financial Statement Presentation

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of the U.S. (GAAP). The preparation of such financial statements requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that impact the reported results. Management believes that certain of the more significant estimates it uses to present the financial results in accordance with GAAP include: the valuation of certain financial instruments carried at fair value, the determination of the adequacy of the allowances for credit losses on developmental assets, and the determination of the benefit obligations of the pension and postretirement benefit plans, the fair value of plan assets, and net periodic benefit cost associated with these plans. These estimates involve a relatively high degree of judgment and complexity and relate to matters that are inherently uncertain.

Most of the Bank’s borrowings and all swaps, including interest rate and foreign currency swaps, are measured at fair value through income. The reported income volatility resulting from these non-trading financial instruments does not fully reflect the underlying economics of the transactions as the Bank intends to hold them to maturity. Accordingly, the Bank excludes the impact of the fair value adjustments associated with these financial instruments from Operating Income. Therefore, Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions and Board of Governors approved transfers, if any, are reported separately in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings.

Accounting Developments

For a description of new accounting developments, see the “Accounting Developments” section in Note B - “Summary of Significant Accounting Polices”.

 

Page | 10


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Box 1: The following information is based upon, and should be read in conjunction with, the detailed information appearing in this Information Statement.

(Amounts expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2025     2024     2023  

Operational Highlights

      

Approved developmental assets

   $ 17,424     $ 11,890     $ 12,515  

Undisbursed portion of approved developmental assets

     36,552       32,092       30,369  

Gross disbursements of developmental assets

     10,955       9,004       11,087  

Net disbursements of developmental assets(1)

     291       1,250       2,891  

Balance Sheet Data

      

Investments, after swaps(2)

   $ 37,178     $ 35,953     $ 32,421  

Developmental assets

      

Loans outstanding(3)

     117,830       115,890       116,239  

Debt securities

     494       632       836  

Allowance for credit losses

     905       803       827  

Total assets

     160,961       155,368       152,019  

Borrowings outstanding, after swaps(4)

     118,642       117,023       113,358  

Equity

     41,655       40,390       38,846  

Income Statement Data

      

Operating Income(5)

   $ 967     $ 1,008     $ 1,207  

Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolio and foreign currency transactions(6)

     617       281       (101

Other components of net pension benefit costs

     221       166       213  

Board of Governors approved transfers

     (164     (159     (140

Net income

     1,641       1,296       1,179  

Comprehensive income (loss)

     1,247       1,704       1,038  

Ratios

      

Total Debt(7) to equity(8) ratio

     3.0       3.1       3.0  

Total assets to equity(8) ratio

     4.0       4.0       4.1  

Cash and investments as a percentage of borrowings outstanding, after swaps

     31.2     30.8     29.0

Cost to income ratio(9)

     43.9     45.6     48.2

Cost to development assets(10)

     0.75     0.77     0.78

Return on equity ratio(11)

     2.4     2.5     3.2

Return on assets ratio(12)

     0.6     0.7     0.8
 
(1)

Includes gross loan disbursements, less loan principal repayments (and prepayments) and collection of debt securities.

(2)

See Table 19 for a breakdown of investments, after swaps.

(3)

Includes deferred loan origination fees and costs of $83 million as of December 2025 (2024 - $78 million; 2023 - $72 million). Excludes interest rate and foreign currency swaps in a net asset position of $1,828 million in 2025 (2024 - net asset of $3,588 million; 2023 – net asset of $2,082 million).

(4)

Includes interest rate and foreign currency swaps in a net liability position of $1,526 million (2024 - net liabilities of $5,087 million; 2023 - net liabilities of $5,058 million).

(5)

See page 17 for a full discussion of Operating Income.

(6)

Unrealized gains or losses in the net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios gradually tend to zero as the related financial instrument’s maturity approaches and their fair values converge with their amortized costs. See page 21 for a full discussion.

(7)

Borrowings (after swaps) and guarantee exposure.

(8)

See page 37, sources of funds section, for a definition of “Total Equity”.

(9)

Four-year rolling average of Administrative expenses, divided by the four-year rolling average of Total income (Interest revenue plus non-interest revenue), net of Borrowing expenses. In 2024, the definition of the ratio was revised to include pension service costs. Percentage from previous year was recalculated to align with the new calculation.

(10)

Four-year rolling average of Administrative expenses, divided by the four-year rolling average of Developmental Assets and the resources administered on behalf of donors.

(11)

Twelve months rolling operating income divided by average equity.

(12)

Twelve months rolling operating income divided by average total assets.

 

Page | 11


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS 

Balance Sheet Structure

The Bank’s primary assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 are as follows:

FIGURE 1: BALANCE SHEET STRUCTURE

For the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Expressed in billions of United States dollars)

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Liquid assets are presented before receivable for investments securities sold and payable for investments securities purchased.

(2)

Net Development assets are presented after allowance for developmental assets credit losses.

Developmental Assets

Developmental assets include loans, guarantees and debt securities. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 97% of the outstanding developmental assets are sovereign-guaranteed (December 31, 2024 – 97%).

Developmental assets operations: A summary of the developmental assets approved during 2025 and 2024 appears in Table 1.

In 2022, the Board of Executive Directors approved the allocation of up to $100 million from the Bank’s resources to fund loans within the scope of the Social Entrepreneurship Program (SEP). These resources will be deployed from 2023 to 2025 exclusively through loans supporting innovative and socially oriented small businesses that foster economic reactivation through entrepreneurship, with a focus on benefiting poor and vulnerable populations. IDB Lab management is responsible for originating, structuring, and supervising the financed projects.

In June 2025, the Board of Executive Directors approved the creation of the Sub-Sovereign Finance Program (SFP), a five-year pilot initiative (2025 – 2030) to provide up to $1 billion in lending to sub-sovereign governments in the region. These loans are not backed by sovereign guarantees, and the Bank’s exposure is solely to the creditworthiness of the subnational borrower. Tenors of these loans are expected to be between 10 and 15 years. As they are not backed by a sovereign guarantee, these loans are classified within the non-sovereign-guaranteed (NSG) portfolio.

 

Page | 12


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

TABLE 1: DEVELOPMENTAL ASSETS APPROVALS

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Amounts expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025      2024  
     Number      Amount      Number      Amount  

Sovereign-guaranteed

           

Sovereign-guaranteed Loans

     89      $ 16,746        85      $ 11,530  

Sovereign-guaranteed-concessional Loans

     2        32        4        40  

Guarantees

     4        592        2        305  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     95        17,370        91        11,875  

Non-sovereign-guaranteed

           

SEP Loans

     8        15        8        15  

SFP Loans

     1        39        —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9        54        8        15  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     104      $ 17,424        99      $ 11,890  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Table 2 presents the undisbursed portion of approved developmental assets during 2025 and2024.

TABLE 2: UNDISBURSED PORTION OF APPROVED DEVELOPMENTAL ASSETS

(Amounts expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     December 31, 2025      December 31, 2024  
     Total      Signed      Total      Signed  

Sovereign-guaranteed Loans

   $ 36,168      $ 24,575      $ 31,529      $ 23,065  

Sovereign-guaranteed-concessional Loans

     285        253        326        308  

Non-Sovereign-guaranteed Loans

     39        39        217        87  

SEP Loans

     20        13        20        13  

SFP Loans

     40        —         —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,552      $ 24,880      $ 32,092      $ 23,473  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Figure 2 presents a breakdown of approvals by type during 2025 and 2024. Refer to the Development operations section for further information.

FIGURE 2: DEVELOPMENTAL ASSETS APPROVALS BY TYPE(1)

For the years ended December 31, 2025, and 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

LOGO

 

Page | 13


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

(1)

Policy Base Lending (PBL), Investments Lending (INV), Special Development Lending (SDL), Concessional Lending (CON), Guarantees (GUA), Social Entrepreneurship Program (SEP), Sub-Sovereign Finance Program (SFP).

(2)

Program started in 2025.

A summary of loan approvals by country during 2025 and 2024 is included in Table 3.

TABLE 3: DEVELOPMENTAL ASSETS APPROVAL BY COUNTRY

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025      2024  

COUNTRY

   Loans
SG (1)
     Loans
NSG
     Guarantees      Total      Loans
SG (1)
     Loans
NSG
     Guarantees      Total  

Argentina

   $ 3,050      $ —       $ —       $ 3,050      $ 2,495      $ —       $ —       $ 2,495  

Bahamas

     330        —         —         330        80        —         —         80  

Barbados

     230        —         —         230        190        —         150        340  

Belize

     17        —         —         17        17        —         —         17  

Bolivia

     —         —         —         —         75        —         —         75  

Brazil

     2,724        —         15        2,739        2,003        —         —         2,003  

Chile

     355        2        —         357        235        1        —         236  

Colombia

     1,030        48        —         1,078        503        2        —         505  

Costa Rica

     450        —         —         450        150        —         —         150  

Dominican Republic

     850        1        —         851        630        —         —         630  

Ecuador

     1,486        —         327        1,813        1,378        2        155        1,535  

El Salvador

     1,225        —         —         1,225        641        2        —         643  

Guatemala

     850        —         —         850        —         2        —         2  

Guyana

     366        —         —         366        —         —         —         —   

Haiti

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

Honduras(1)

     80        —         —         80        115        6        —         121  

Jamaica

     77        2        —         79        —         —         —         —   

Mexico

     1,296        1        —         1,297        600        —         —         600  

Nicaragua

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

Panama

     350        —         250        600        320        —         —         320  

Paraguay

     189        —         —         189        284        —         —         284  

Peru

     1,408        —         —         1,408        1,188        —         —         1,188  

Suriname

     —         —         —         —         368        —         —         368  

Trinidad and Tobago

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

Uruguay

     415        —         —         415        298        —         —         298  

Venezuela

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

Regional

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 16,778      $ 54      $ 592      $ 17,424      $ 11,570      $ 15      $ 305      $ 11,890  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes SG concessional loans for $32 million (2024 - $40 million)

 

Page | 14


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Table 4 presents the SG and NSG developmental assets portfolios as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

TABLE 4: OUTSTANDING DEVELOPMENTAL ASSETS

December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025      2024  

Sovereign-guaranteed Loans

   $ 115,155      $ 112,750  

Sovereign Guarantees

     1,567        1,405  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sovereign-guaranteed Portfolio

     116,722        114,155  

Non-sovereign-guaranteed Loans

     2,592        3,062  

Non-sovereign Guarantees

     71        67  

Debt Securities

     494        632  

Non-sovereign-guaranteed Portfolio

     3,157        3,761  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Developmental Assets Outstanding

   $ 119,879      $ 117,916  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses on developmental assets and guarantees outstanding: The allowance for credit losses on developmental assets and guarantees outstanding amounted to $938 million at December 31, 2025 compared to $834 million in 2024. The increase of $104 million was mainly due to an increase in the allowance of the SG portfolio; partially offset by a decrease in the allowance of the NSG portfolio mainly due to better macroeconomic conditions observed during 2025.

Table 5 presents the activity of the allowance for credit losses for the sovereign and non-sovereign-guaranteed portfolios as of December 31, 2025.

TABLE 5: ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     December 31, 2025  
     SG      NSG      Total  

Balance, beginning of year (1)

   $ 646      $ 188      $ 834  

Provision (credit) for expected credit losses:

        

Collective allowance for loans outstanding

     24        (42      (18

Collective allowance for loan commitments and guarantees(1)

     5        (3      2  

Collective allowance for debt securities

     —         8        8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total collective allowance

     29        (37      (8

Individually assessed loans

     86        33        119  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision (credit) for expected credit losses

     115        (4      111  

Write-offs

     —         (7      (7

Recoveries

     —         —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period (1)

   $ 761      $ 177      $ 938  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Allowance for loan commitments and guarantees of $33 million (December 31, 2024 - $31 million) is reported under Other liabilities in the balance sheet.

Allowance for credit losses on individually assessed SG loans: As of December 31, 2025, the total amount in arrears for principal and interest of Venezuela’s sovereign guaranteed portfolio amounted to $2,187 million, from which $2,048 million corresponds to arrearages of more than 180 days. As of the date of this document, Venezuela’s arrearages of more than 180 days increased to $2,055 million. Since 2018, all loans to Venezuela amounting to $2,011 million have been placed in nonaccrual status. Interest income and fees not recognized amounted to $113 million during the year ended December 31, 2025 (2024 - $127 million). The individually assessed allowance for credit losses on all loans to Venezuela was $625 million at December 31, 2025 (2024 - $539 million). There were no other SG loans over 180 days past due or in nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024.

Under the IDB’s guidelines on arrears, the Bank cannot undertake any lending activities in Venezuela until its arrears are cleared. As a matter of policy, the Bank does not renegotiate nor reschedule its SG loans. Venezuela, a founding shareholder of the IDB, has reiterated, through its representative at the IDB Board of Executive Directors, its commitment to the Bank and its intention to undertake payments. The

 

Page | 15


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Bank expects to collect all amounts due, including interest at the contractual interest rate for the period of delay, when the balances in arrears are restored to an accrual basis. As a result, the allowance recorded represents the estimated loss from the expected delay in debt service payments. The assessment and estimation of credit loss is inherently judgmental and reflects Management’s best estimate based upon the information currently available. Since the situation in Venezuela continues to evolve, including with events subsequent to the balance sheet date, management continues to monitor its credit exposure and assess the credit loss estimate accordingly.

Allowance for credit losses on individually assessed NSG loans: The Bank had individually assessed NSG loans with outstanding balances of $165 million at December 31, 2025, compared to $102 million at December 31, 2024. As of December 2025, the allowances for credit losses on individually assessed NSG loans were $63 million, compared to $37 million in 2024. The percentage of the NSG allowance for credit losses on individually assessed loans was 38% as of December 31, 2025 (2024 - 36%).

Investments operations

Approximately 88% of the Bank’s investments are held in high quality securities rated AA or the equivalent short-term ratings. As of December 31, 2025, the trading investment portfolio totaled $37,178 million, an increase of $1,225 million compared to December 31, 2024. The increase is consistent with the Bank’s liquidity policy. Refer to the Liquidity Management section for further information.

In 2025, the trading investments portfolio experienced net mark-to-market gains of $65 million, compared to $6 million in 2024, mainly due to the mark-to-market impact of tighter credit spreads and lower interest rates.

Capacity Building, Asset Management and Advisory (CAsA) program

The Bank’s CAsA program aims to help build or strengthen the institutional capacity of central banks and official institutions in the borrowing member countries. To this end, CAsA provides a range of services that includes managing a portion of the institution’s assets along with technical missions, fellowships, and other training opportunities. Fees are based on the average value of the portfolio managed and are used to provide the entire range of services under the program. As of December 31, 2025 total assets managed under the CAsA program amounted to $1,253 million (2024 - $625 million).

In August 2025, the Board of Executive Directors approved transitioning the pilot program into a formal Institutional program. With a strengthened mandate, CAsA will (i) expand beyond central banks to engage other public institutions such as Ministries of Finance, other governmental institutions, state-owned entities at the national and subnational levels, and among others, and (ii) prioritize participant needs by broadening advisory and capacity-building engagements across the capital markets arena beyond strictly reserves management functions.

Borrowing Operations

In 2025, the Bank issued medium- and long- term debt securities for a total face amount of $21,545 million equivalent (2024 - $21,383 million) that generated proceeds of $21,547 million equivalent (2024 - $21,381 million) and had an average life of 5.4 years (2024 - 5.9 years). Such debt securities were issued using a strategy that combined large global benchmark bonds with smaller transactions targeted to particular segments of demand. Refer to the Sources of funds section for further information.

Equity

Equity at December 31, 2025 was $41,655 million compared with $40,390 million at December 31, 2024, an increase of $1,265 million. The increase was mainly due to Net income of $1,641 million, and a $126 million gain related to the recognition of changes in assets/liabilities under pension benefit plans; partially offset by a $459 million loss related to the Net fair value adjustments on borrowings attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk, and a $61 million amortization of net actuarial losses and prior service credit on retirement benefit plans.

 

Page | 16


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Financial Results

Operating Income: Operating income includes the net interest income on earning assets, other loan income, net investment gains (losses), the provision (credit) for developmental assets credit losses and net non-interest expense. Box 2 displays the most significant elements of the Bank’s Operating Income and the related influences on the results.

BOX 2: OPERATING INCOME ELEMENTS AND SIGNIFICANT DRIVERS

 

Elements    Significant drivers
Loan interest income    Loan volumes, lending spreads, and interest rate environment.
Borrowing expenses    Interest rate environment, including changes in SOFR; and the Bank’s funding strategy.
Net investment gains (losses)    Mark-to-market gains or losses driven by external factors such as: the interest rate environment, and credit spreads.
Net non-interest expense    Increase or decrease in administrative expenses driven by staff costs, including higher or lower pension and postretirement service costs and strategic development programs.
Provision (credit) for developmental assets credit losses    Credit risk assessment of the sovereign and non-sovereign borrowers, and the related probability of default and Loss given default.

Operating Income for 2025 was $967 million, compared to $1,008 million in 2024, a decrease of $41 million. The decrease in operating income was mainly due to (i) an increase in the provision (credit) for developmental assets credit losses; offset by (ii) an increase in net investment gains, and (iii) a decrease in net non-interest expense.

 

Page | 17


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Table 6 shows the breakdown of Operating Income for 2025 and 2024.

TABLE 6: OPERATING INCOME

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025      2024      2025 vs. 2024  

Interest on developmental assets(1)

   $ 5,807      $ 6,583      $ (776

Interest on investments (1)

     1,841        2,005        (164

Interest on other assets/liabilities management derivatives

     (147      (327      180  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     7,501        8,261        (760

Less:

        

Borrowing expenses(1)

     5,607        6,359        (752
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     1,894        1,902        (8

Other loan income

     114        115        (1

Net investment gains

     65        6        59  

Other expenses:

        

Provision for developmental assets credit losses

     111        7        104  

Net non-interest expense

     995        1,008        (13
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,106        1,015        91  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Income

   $ 967      $ 1,008      $ (41
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts on an after swap basis.

Net interest income: The Bank’s net interest income (NII) is driven primarily by two sources: the lending spread the Bank charges on all its SG loans and the income earned on its equity-funded assets. The SG lending spread on the Bank’s non-concessional operations is reviewed and determined annually by the Board of Executive Directors as part of the Bank’s long-term financial planning exercise. If a change is approved, the new SG lending spread applies to the entire outstanding balance of non-concessional SG loans. Net interest income earned from equity-funded assets is the result of an Asset Liability Management (ALM) strategy. The ALM strategy seeks to achieve stable net interest income and preserve the economic value of its equity. The Bank uses derivatives to manage interest rate risk on its Balance Sheet and, in particular, the repricing and maturity profile of the Bank’s equity-funded assets in accordance with the ALM policy. In 2021, a model was implemented, by which interest rate swaps are used systematically to modify the characteristics of equity-funded assets to minimize volatility of net interest income driven by changes in USD interest rates.

 

Page | 18


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Sensitivity to foreign exchange rates is negligible as the Bank economically hedges substantially all exposures with foreign currency swaps.

Figure 3 below shows the Bank’s net interest income during the last three years.

FIGURE 3: FINANCIAL RESULTS – NET INTEREST INCOME

For the years ended December 31, 2023 through 2025

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

LOGO

The Bank’s NII reached $1,894 million in 2025, compared to $1,902 million last year, which is in line with prior year.

Figure 4 below shows the Bank’s net interest margin compared with SOFR during the last three years.

FIGURE 4: NET INTEREST MARGIN AND SOFR

For the years ended December 31, 2023 through 2025

 

LOGO

 

Page | 19


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Despite decreases in the average SOFR, the volatility of the Bank’s net interest margin is mitigated by the model implemented as part of the ALM strategy.

The average interest earning asset and interest-bearing liability portfolios, after swaps, and the respective returns and costs for 2025 and 2024 are shown in Table 7.

TABLE 7: ASSET/LIABILITY PORTFOLIOS AND RETURNS/COSTS

For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023

(Amounts expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025     2024      2023  
     Average
Balance
     Return/
Cost %
    Average
Balance
     Return/
Cost %
     Average
Balance
     Return/
Cost %
 

Loans(1)

   $ 117,894        4.89 (6)    $ 116,335        5.60      $ 114,506        5.58  

Liquid investments(2)(3)

     38,562        4.97       35,374        5.79        34,034        5.63  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total earning assets

   $ 156,456        4.91     $ 151,709        5.64      $ 148,540        5.59  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Borrowings

   $ 118,531        4.73     $ 114,730        5.54      $ 112,242        5.38  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest margin(4)

        1.21 (6)         1.25           1.35  
     

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

 

SOFR(5)

        3.79          4.53           5.34  
     

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes loan fees.

(2)

Geometrically-linked time-weighted returns.

(3)

Includes realized / unrealized gains and losses.

(4)

Represents net interest income as a percentage of average earning assets, after swaps.

(5)

Average Secured Overnight Financing Rate

(6)

The Bank offers currency and interest rate hedges through financial derivatives (“loan conversions”). In 2025, the unwinding of certain loan conversions resulted in a one-time $125 million reduction in net interest income. Excluding this impact, net interest margin and return on loans would have been 1.29% and 4.99%, respectively.

Net investment gains: The Bank had net investment gains of $65 million as compared to $6 million in 2024, mainly due to the mark-to-market impact of tighter credit spreads and lower interest rates.

Provision for developmental assets credit losses: The provision for developmental assets credit losses was $111 million in 2025, compared to $7 million in 2024. The increase was mainly due to an increase in the allowance of the SG portfolio; partially offset by a decrease in the allowance of the NSG portfolio mainly due to better macroeconomic conditions observed during 2025.

Net Non-interest Expense Net non-interest expense amounted $995 million during 2025, compared to $1,008 million in 2024. The primary components of net non-interest expense are presented in Table 8.

TABLE 8: NET-NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025      2024      2025 vs. 2024  

Administrative expenses

        

Staff costs

   $ 469      $ 431      $ 38  

Pension service costs

     110        128        (18

Consultant fees

     162        150        12  

Travel expenses

     28        25        3  

Other expenses(1)

     173        179        (6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total administrative expenses

     942        913        29  

Service fee revenues

     (25      (18      (7

Strategic development programs

     152        157        (5

Trust funds administration fees

     (14      (17      3  

Other income(1)

     (60      (27      (33
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net non-interest expense

   $ 995      $ 1,008      $ (13
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Bank and IDB Invest entered into service level agreements for certain administrative and overhead services that include human resources and information technology support provided by the Bank, as well as NSG loan execution, and monitoring services provided to the Bank. The total fees for the services provided by the Bank to IDB Invest, and those provided by IDB Invest to the Bank are $29 million and $20 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2025 (2024 - $26 million and $24 million).

 

Page | 20


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Net Income Net Income for 2025 was $1,641 million, compared to $1,296 million in 2024. The increase was mainly driven by gains in Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions.

Table 9 shows the breakdown of Net Income for 2025 and 2024.

TABLE 9: NET INCOME

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Amounts expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025      2024      2025 vs. 2024  

Operating Income

   $ 967      $ 1,008      $ (41

Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions

     617        281        336  

Other components of net pension benefit costs

     221        166        55  

Board of Governors approved transfers

     (164      (159      (5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,641      $ 1,296      $ 345  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Figure 5 below includes the Bank’s financial results during the last three years.

FIGURE 5: FINANCIAL RESULTS – INCOME METRICS

For the years ended December 31, 2023 through 2025

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

LOGO

Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions: Net fair value adjustments are mainly a result of the different accounting treatment between loans, which are carried at amortized cost, and the interest rate and foreign currency swaps on loans, which are carried at fair value. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate and foreign currency swaps on loans are reflected in earnings, while the changes in the fair value of loans are not, as they are carried at amortized cost. In contrast, changes in the fair value of borrowings largely offset the changes in interest rate and foreign currency swaps on borrowings, as the majority of borrowings are carried at fair value. Mainly due to a decrease in the USD interest rates yield curve, the Bank had net fair value gains on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions of $617 million, compared to $281 million gains in 2024. Unrealized gains or losses in the net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios gradually tend to zero as the related financial instrument’s maturity approaches and their fair values converge with their amortized costs.

Transfer to the IDB Grant Facility: Income transfers from the Ordinary Capital to the GRF are subject to the requirements of the Agreement and other applicable financial policies, and they are considered based on actual disbursements and fund balance of the GRF. In March 2025, the Board of Governors

 

Page | 21


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

approved income transfers from the Bank to the GRF amounting to $164 million (2024 - $159 million). Since 2011, the GRF has received income transfers totaling $1,888 million (2024 - $1,724 million).

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans (the Plans)

At December 31, 2025, the Balance Sheet presents net assets under retirement benefit plans of $1,173 million, compared to net assets of $897 million at December 31, 2024. At the end of 2025 the Plans’ assets represented 117% of the benefit obligation’s valuation (2024 - 114%)

The volatility in the equity and credit markets, as well as changes in interest and inflation rates, affect the funded status of the Plans. As of December 31, 2025, the overall increase in the funded status of the Plans was mainly attributable to an increase in the fair value of Plan assets due to positive investment returns under current market conditions. This increase was partially offset by an increase in the Plans liabilities, primarily driven by actuarial losses resulting from the Postretirement Benefit Plans experience review performed in 2025 and changes in actuarial assumptions when compared with 2024.

The Plans utilize the PBO required under US GAAP to measure the plan liabilities. It reflects the present value of all retirement benefits earned by participants (adjusted for assumed inflation) as of a given date, including projected salary increases to retirement. Therefore, the PBO measure is an appropriate metric for assessing the ability of the Plans to cover expected benefits as of a certain date. The underlying actuarial assumptions used to determine the PBO, accumulated benefit obligations, and funded status associated with the Plans are based on financial market interest rates, experience, and Management’s best estimate of future benefit changes, economic conditions and earnings from plan assets.

TABLE 10: BENEFIT PLANS FUNDED STATUS

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2025     2024     2025 vs 2024  

Plan assets

   $ 8,072     $ 7,344     $ 728  

Benefit obligations

     6,899       6,447       452  

Funded status

     1,173       897       276  

% Assets/Obligation

     117     114     3

In July 2024, the Board of Executive Directors approved the review of the stable contribution rates established for the Plans. These contributions will remain in place as long as the ratio of the Plan’s total assets, including reserves, to its funding liability stays within the range of 90%-110%. For further information, refer to Note V – Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans of the financial statements.

 

Page | 22


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

DEVELOPMENT OPERATIONS

General

The Bank makes loans and guarantees to the governments, as well as governmental entities, enterprises, and development institutions of its borrowing member countries to help meet their development needs. In the case of loans and guarantees to borrowers other than national governments or central banks, the Bank follows the policy of requiring joint and several guarantees engaging the full faith and credit of the national government. Loans and guarantees may also be made directly to other eligible entities conducting projects in the territories of borrowing member countries, including private sector entities or sub-sovereign entities, without a sovereign guarantee and in all sectors (subject to an exclusion list), provided they meet the Bank’s lending criteria. The Bank also provides financing to borrowing member countries for non-reimbursable and contingent recovery assistance that is aligned with its overall strategy for the region.

Institutional Strategy

The IDB works to improve lives in Latin America and the Caribbean. The IDB’s Institutional Strategy (IDBStrategy+) sets the strategic direction through 2030. IDBStrategy+ establishes three mutually reinforcing objectives at the core of our work: (i) reduce poverty and inequality; (ii) address climate change; and (iii) bolster sustainable regional growth. To deliver on these objectives, the strategy establishes seven operational focus areas and prioritizes an approach to serving the region and corporate foundations that will enable results delivery.

An Impact Framework is used to monitor IDBStrategy+, setting ambitions and higher targets in a range of areas, with an enhanced focus on impact. The Impact Framework helps to deliver tangible results for the people of Latin America and the Caribbean, from improved access to basic services and increased social protection to enhanced climate resilience and expanded economic opportunities. It includes indicators that focus on concrete results for beneficiaries as well as ways to measure progress in support of public-private synergies and resource mobilization. The Impact Framework also includes targets, such as projects supporting digital transformation (25% of approvals, projects supporting poor populations (50% of approvals), and projects supporting sustainable economic growth (75% of approvals).

For more information on the IDBStrategy+ and the Impact Framework, visit the strategy page and the Impact Framework page of the IDB website.

Lending Cycle

The process of identifying and assessing a project and approving and disbursing a loan often extends over several years, depending on the nature, objective and purpose of the individual project. However, on numerous occasions, the Bank has shortened the preparation and approval cycle in response to emergency situations such as natural disasters or economic crises. Generally, the Bank’s operational staff, which includes economists, engineers, financial analysts and other sector and country specialists, assesses the projects. With certain exceptions, where this authority has been delegated to Management, the Bank’s Board of Executive Directors approves each loan.

Loan disbursements are subject to the fulfillment of conditions set forth in the loan agreements. During implementation of the Bank-supported operations, experienced Bank staff review progress, monitor compliance with Bank policies and assist in resolving any problems that may arise. The Office of Evaluation and Oversight, an independent Bank unit, evaluates loan operations pursuant to an annual work plan approved by the Board of Executive Directors to determine the extent to which major objectives have been met. The results of these evaluations are reported directly to the Board of Executive Directors and are publicly available.

 

Page | 23


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

The Bank’s lending operations conform to principles designed to ensure that loans to member countries are used for financially and economically sound purposes that are high priority for those countries, and that the funds are utilized as intended. These principles are detailed in Box 3.

BOX 3: LENDING OPERATIONS PRINCIPLES

 

  (i)

The Bank makes sovereign-guaranteed loans and guarantees primarily to central governments, as well as subnational governments, governmental entities, public enterprises, and development institutions of its borrowing members. In addition, the Bank makes NSG loans and guarantees to eligible entities and other development institutions.

 

  (ii)

Loan applicants must submit a detailed proposal to the Bank specifying the technical, economic and financial merits of the project. The proposal must include an evaluation of the project’s expected environmental risks or impact and proposed mitigation measures as well as its impact on gender and indigenous groups, as applicable.

 

  (iii)

The Bank neither renegotiates nor takes part in debt rescheduling agreements with respect to its sovereign-guaranteed loans.

 

  (iv)

In making loans, the Bank evaluates the capacity of the borrower to carry out its financial obligations under the agreement, the prevailing macroeconomic climate and debt burden of the country, the ability of the executing agencies to execute Bank financed projects, and other policy and institutional issues relevant to the loan.

 

  (v)

The use of loan proceeds is supervised. Bank staff monitor and supervise the on-going progress with respect to the development objectives of each operation through the Bank’s Country Offices in each of its 26 borrowing member countries, and fiduciary arrangements are in place to ensure proper use of Bank resources to achieve the operation’s objectives.

The Bank’s lending operations are classified in the following sectors. A brief description of each sector is provided:

Agriculture and rural development: Support sustainable agricultural development and agrobusiness to increase participation of smallholder farms into the supply chain; research and innovation; agricultural health and food safety; technology adoption to improve productivity and environmentally sustainable farming practices; modernization of land administration and management.

Environment and natural disasters: Support mitigation of climate change with policy development, institutional capacity strengthening, financial instruments and structures; biodiversity and protected areas conservation, including sustainable management of ecosystems and coastal zones; sustainable forestry; integrated disaster risk management to identify, assess, prevent, and mitigate risks.

Education: Support programs to reduce education inequalities and improve education access at every stage; e.g., preschool and early childhood, primary, secondary and higher education; school-to-work transition; vocational and technical education; teacher education and effectiveness; use of information and communications technologies (ICTs) for e-education; literacy and numeracy programs.

Energy: Focus on promotion, production and support of projects related to energy integration and investment on new technologies for energy production, including renewable energy, rural electrification, and low-carbon technologies.

Financial markets: Support banking, capital market, insurance, and mortgage market development; regulatory frameworks and supervisory functions; technologies and institutions to promote access to financial services for the underserved and poor (including microinsurance and microcredit).

 

Page | 24


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Health: Support disease prevention and treatment of diseases and sickness as well as malnutrition; strengthening the health care systems; primary health care focused on mother and child; health information systems to incorporate technologies for e-Health (telemedicine).

Industry: Support basic industry companies to expand/improve production capacities, e.g., manufacturing.

Private firms and small and medium enterprises (SME) development: Support regulatory frameworks institutions and programs to foster productivity, innovation and growth of microenterprises and SMEs; corporate compliance with legal and ethical standards and international norms (corporate social responsibility).

Reform and modernization of the state: Support public sector institutions in all branches of government (e.g., judicial, revenue administration, subnational and local, public debt management) with the objective of achieving efficient, transparent, and effective provision of public services to society; application of information technology for more efficient delivery of services (e-Government); regulatory and legal frameworks to combat corruption.

Regional integration: Support sustainable integration for regional and cross-border cooperation, such as policy reforms, optimal provision of regional public goods.

Social Investment: Support public programs focused on diversity, people’s rights (Afro-descendants, indigenous peoples), workforce rights, gender equality and women’s empowerment, migration issues, poverty alleviation; labor policies and intermediation systems; human resource and workforce development, including training; citizen safety aimed at reducing levels of violence and insecurity; institutional design of pension/social security systems.

Sustainable tourism: Support the comprehensive planning and development of tourism, including the integration of communities into tourism activities, product management; environmental and social management of tourism destinations; construction and operation of tourism complex.

Science and technology: Support telecommunications infrastructure; information and communications technology; research and development and innovation in government and firms; capacity building, institutional strengthening and harmonization of regulatory frameworks; support upper education in Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) fields.

Transport: Support air, ground and maritime transportation infrastructure, connectivity, logistics, equipment, maintenance, and new developments; public transport systems (bus/train/cable/rail); urban transport infrastructure including pedestrian and bicycle paths; highway development giving access to transportation hubs, road safety.

Trade: Support export and investment promotion; trade facilitation, logistics and customs administration; negotiation and implementation of trade and investment agreements and trade policy development.

Urban development and housing: Support environmental sustainability and quality of life in cities (sustainable cities); preservation of architectural heritage; neighborhood upgrading and development of underserved areas; support access to finance for underserved segments of the population.

Water and sanitation: Support construction, rehabilitation of water supply to provide clean drinking water, drainage, sanitation, solid waste recycling; integrated management of water resources such as watershed management and regulation of water rights and pre-investment studies.

 

Page | 25


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Table 11 presents a summary of outstanding loans by sector allocation.

TABLE 11: LOANS OUTSTANDING BY SECTOR ALLOCATION

December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Amounts expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025      2024  
     Amount      %      Amount      %  

Agriculture and rural development

   $ 1,916        1.6      $ 2,001        1.7  

Education

     3,551        3.0        3,838        3.3  

Energy

     11,274        9.6        11,360        9.8  

Environment and natural disasters

     3,203        2.7        3,250        2.8  

Financial markets

     10,523        8.9        10,927        9.4  

Health

     5,693        4.8        5,640        4.9  

Industry

     225        0.2        223        0.2  

Private firms and SMEs development

     4,645        3.9        4,782        4.1  

Reform and modernization of the state

     26,291        22.3        25,514        22.0  

Regional integration

     384        0.3        353        0.3  

Science and technology

     1,570        1.3        1,610        1.4  

Social investment

     17,863        15.2        16,479        14.2  

Sustainable tourism

     622        0.5        722        0.6  

Trade

     1,900        1.6        1,405        1.2  

Transport

     13,938        12.1        13,816        12.1  

Urban development and housing

     4,608        3.9        4,555        3.9  

Water and sanitation

     8,179        6.9        7,975        6.9  

Other(1)

     1,362        1.2        1,362        1.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 117,747        100.0      $ 115,812        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Mainly three SG projects that affect multiple sectors.

Sovereign-Guaranteed Loans

The Bank’s sovereign-guaranteed lending falls into one of three categories, which can be made under concessional or non-concessional terms: investment loans, policy-based loans, and special development lending.

Investment Lending: Investment lending is generally used to finance goods, works, and services in support of economic and social development projects.

Policy-Based Lending: Policy-based lending provides fungible resources to support an agreed program of policy reforms and/or institutional changes in a sector or sub-sector. It aims at assisting borrowing member countries to develop and implement their economic and sectorial policy reforms and institutional changes to contribute to the achievement of sustainable growth levels and poverty reduction.

Special Development Lending (SDL): Approved in 2017, the SDL aims to help address the effects of a macroeconomic crisis on a country’s economic and social progress and would primarily: (i) support efforts to maintain or strengthen the reform process in the social, institutional and economic areas and avoid reversals of policy reforms; (ii) protect funding for social programs that benefit the poor; (iii) support new efforts to mitigate the effects of the crisis on the poor and vulnerable; (iv) protect expenditures in infrastructure; and (v) facilitate access of small and medium enterprises to credit.

Non-Sovereign-Guaranteed Loans

NSG loans and guarantees generally finance investments for transactions in all sectors, subject to an exclusion list. The NSG loans are made on the basis of market-based pricing and are subject to certain eligibility requirements and risk management limits. The Bank lent to other development institutions for on-lending purposes without a sovereign guarantee.

 

Page | 26


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Figure 6 presents the movement in disbursed loans balances year-over-year.

FIGURE 6: LOANS OUTSTANDING ACTIVITY

For the years ended December 31, 2024 through 2025

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

LOGO

Financial Terms of Loans

Currently Available Financial Terms: Since January 1, 2012, the Flexible Financing Facility (FFF) is the only financial product platform for approval of sovereign-guaranteed loans. With FFF loans, borrowers have the ability to tailor financial terms either at approval or during the life of a loan, subject to market availability and operational considerations. The FFF platform allows borrowers to:

 

  (i)

manage currency, interest rate and other types of market risk exposures;

 

  (ii)

address project changing needs by customizing loan repayment terms;

 

  (iii)

execute hedges with the Bank at a loan portfolio level;

 

  (iv)

manage risk exposures to commodity price volatility through embedded options;

 

  (v)

through the Principal Payment Option (PPO), defer principal payments for 2 years following an eligible natural disaster through a one-time option, by modifying the loan’s amortization schedule;

 

  (vi)

originate, price, and approve loans denominated in Local Currency terms, and;

 

  (vii)

manage risk exposures and loan cash flows to catastrophes.

The PPO represents the first climate-resilient debt clause ever offered by a multilateral bank. The PPO was activated on FFF loans contracts for a total approved amount of $5.6 billion to cover natural disaster risks (e.g., hurricanes, earthquakes, floods). The Bank continues to have an active dialogue with other borrowing member countries to expand the use of this innovative product to strengthen their disaster preparedness and response.

FFF loans have an interest rate primarily based on SOFR plus a funding margin, plus the Bank’s lending spread.

The Bank offers concessional lending from its Ordinary Capital through a blending of regular and concessional financing. The concessional portion of blended loans have a grace period and maturity of 40 years, and a 0.25% fixed interest rate. The regular financing portion has a maximum maturity of 25 years and variable rates based on market pricing.

Table 12 presents the currently available terms for sovereign-guaranteed loans.

 

Page | 27


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

TABLE 12: CURRENTLY AVAILABLE FINANCIAL TERMS OF LOANS WITH SOVEREIGN GUARANTEE

 

Flexible Financing Facility

 

Interest rate option    SOFR-based loan(3) or Variable Rates in local currency
Currencies offered   

Approval

 

   USD or borrowing member local currency
  

Disbursement

 

   Currency of approval or converted currency
   Repayment    Currency disbursed/converted
Cost base    SOFR ± funding margin, or
currency equivalent of SOFR ± estimated funding margin, or
actual funding cost
Funding margin to SOFR    Actual funding cost or estimated funding margin at the time of
disbursement/conversion
Lending spread(1)(2)    80 (5)
Credit commission(1)(2)    50(5)
Supervision and inspection fee(1)(2)    0(5)
Front-end/Standby fee(1)(7)    Not applicable/Not applicable(6)
Maturity(4)(7)    Up to 20 years for policy based loans and up to 25 years for
investment loans
Grace Period(4)(7)    Minimum of 6 months after original disbursement period
Repayment Profile    Flexible repayment profile based on loan’s contractual weighted average life

 

(1)

Loan charges expressed in basis points (bps).

(2)

The Board of Executive Directors establishes loan charges on sovereign-guaranteed loans annually..

(3)

FFF SOFR-based loan balances or local currency balances can be converted to fixed-base cost rate and to any major or local currency, subject to market availability. A 0.25% fixed interest rate applies to the concessional portion of blended loans.

(4)

For the concessional portion of blended loans, the maturity and grace period is 40 years.

(5)

Loan charges effective January 1, 2025.

(6)

Policy based loans with deferred drawing options have standby and front-end fees of 38 bps and 50 bps, respectively(5)

(7)

The SDL has the following terms: i) maturity of 7 years, ii) 3 years of grace period, iii) lending rate of USD SOFR, plus/minus IDB funding margin, plus variable lending spread, plus fixed premium loan spread of 115 basis points, iv) Front end fee of 1% of the principal amount of the loan and v) Commitment fee of 0.75%.

For local currency financing, borrowers have the option to receive local currency under three different modalities: i) direct local currency financing through local treasuries; or ii) conversion of loan disbursements and/or outstanding loan balances; and iii) local currency disbursement of called guarantees. Outstanding loan balances of converted amounts carry a fixed-base cost, floating or inflation-linked interest rate. At December 31, 2025, the Bank had local currency loans outstanding of $6,211 million (2024 – $5,897 million), which have substantially been swapped back-to-back to United States dollars, or economically hedged with local currency debt.

 

Page | 28


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Table 13 presents a breakdown of the loan portfolio by primary product. For more information, see Schedule I-2 to the financial statements.

TABLE 13: LOANS OUTSTANDING BY LOAN PRODUCT

December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Amounts expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025      2024  
     Amount      %      Amount      %  

Currently available:

           

Flexible Financing Facility-floating index rate(1)

   $ 54,323        45.9      $ 49,580        42.9  

Flexible Financing Facility-fixed-base cost

     25,934        22.0        26,205        22.6  

Flexible Financing Facility-fixed-base cost local currency

     2,248        1.9        1,970        1.7  

Flexible Financing Facility-variable local currency

     707        0.6        577        0.5  

Sovereign-guaranteed-concessional lending

     4,908        4.2        4,955        4.3  

Others

     4,190        3.6        3,752        3.2  

Discontinued:

           

SCF-floating base(2)

     8,186        7.0        9,531        8.2  

SCF-fixed-base cost(2)

     12,332        10.5        13,914        12.0  

LCF-fixed-base cost(2)

     1,425        1.2        1,287        1.1  

LCF-variable(2)

     1,244        1.1        1,308        1.1  

Non-sovereign-guaranteed-fixed (3)

     892        0.8        987        0.9  

Non-sovereign-guaranteed-floating (3)

     796        0.7        1,029        0.9  

Non-sovereign-guaranteed-local currency (3)

     562        0.5        717        0.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 117,747        100.0      $ 115,812        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Refers to SOFR index.

(2)

Up to December 31, 2011, the Bank offered sovereign-guaranteed loans documented under the Single Currency Facility (SCF) LIBOR, each denominated in the convertible currency chosen by the borrower. In addition, borrowers could convert to local currencies of the region under the LCF. SCF-floating index rate loans have an interest rate that is adjusted quarterly, based on the currency-specific three-month LIBOR plus a pool-based margin reflecting the Bank’s funding cost, as well as the Bank’s spread. Borrowers have the option to convert their SCF SOFR loan balances to fixed-base cost rate.

(3)

NSG activities were originated by IDB Invest and co-financed by the Bank and IDB Invest until December 31, 2022.

Table 14 summarizes the total undisbursed portion of approved loans by product

TABLE 14: UNDISBURSED PORTION OF APPROVED LOANS BY LOAN PRODUCT

December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025      2024  
     Amount      %      Amount      %  

FFF-floating index rate

   $ 35,784        97.9      $ 31,362        97.7  

SCF-floating index rate

     57        0.2        67        0.2  

NSG-floating

     87        0.2        226        0.7  

Other

     624        1.7        437        1.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,552        100.0      $ 32,092        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Page | 29


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

The Bank uses currency and interest rate swaps in order to hedge exposures from loans where the currency or the interest rate type different from that of the underlying funding. Figure 7 displays a breakdown of loans outstanding, before swaps and after swaps, by interest rate type.

FIGURE 7: LOANS OUTSTANDING BY INTEREST RATE TYPE BEFORE AND AFTER SWAPS(1)

December 31, 2025 and 2024

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Data is rounded; detail may not add up due to rounding.

Charges on Loans with Sovereign Guarantee

The Board of Executive Directors establishes loan charges annually, or more frequently if deemed necessary, taking into consideration the trade-offs presented in the Long-Term Financial Projections (see the “Financial Risk Management—Capital Adequacy Policy—Income Management Model” section). At a minimum, the level of loan charges for sovereign-guaranteed loans should be sufficient to generate enough income so as to cover 90% of the Ordinary Capital’s administrative expenses on a three-year rolling basis, adjusted for 90% of the income from the Bank´s NSG operations.

A unique feature of the Bank’s loan charge structure on the sovereign-guaranteed portfolio is that changes apply substantially to all the portfolio, including loans already disbursed and outstanding. As a result, the Bank has the ability to raise revenue by these means, when needed.

For 2025, the approved lending spread and credit commission for the Bank’s non-concessional sovereign-guaranteed loans is 0.80% and 0.50% (2024- 0.80% and 0.50%), respectively. No supervision and inspection fees have been applied for said periods.

 

Page | 30


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

The concessional funded portions of blended loans are bullet loans with 40-year maturities, and with a fixed interest rate of 0.25%.

Guarantees

The Bank may provide political risk and partial credit guarantees with a sovereign counter-guarantee from a member country. These guarantees are denominated in United States dollars or in local currencies. Until December 31, 2022, the Bank also made guarantees without sovereign counter-guarantee.

The Bank offers political risk guarantees, and partial credit guarantees on a stand-alone basis or in conjunction with a Bank loan. Political risk guarantees cover specific risk events related to non-commercial factors (such as currency convertibility, transferability of currencies outside the host country, and government non-performance). Partial credit guarantees cover payment risks for debt obligations. Credit risk exposure on guarantees issued by the Bank is measured as the maximum potential amount the Bank is obligated to pay under those guarantees.

The Flexible Guarantee Instrument (FGI) for sovereign-guaranteed operations allows for the structuring of sovereign counter-guaranteed partial credit and political risk guarantees, which can be used to support investment projects or policy- based interventions.

Table 15 summarizes the portfolio of guarantee outstanding.

TABLE 15: GUARANTEE PORTFOLIO OUTSTANDING

December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025      2024  

Sovereign guarantees

   $ 1,567      $ 1,405  

Non-sovereign guarantees

     71        67  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total guarantees outstanding and subject to call

   $ 1,638      $ 1,472  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Development Finance Institutions (DFI’s) Exposure Exchange Agreements:

The Bank reduces its sovereign-guaranteed loan portfolio concentration by entering into Master Exposure Exchange Agreements (EEA) jointly with other Development Finance Institutions (DFIs). The EEA reduces portfolio concentration by simultaneously exchanging coverage for potential nonaccrual events between DFIs for exposures from borrowing countries in which a DFI is concentrated, to countries in which the DFI has no, or low, exposure, through use of guarantees which offset in relative amount and credit risk at the outset of the guarantees.

Table 16 shows the Exposure Exchange Agreements with DFIs for 2025 and 2024

TABLE 16: EXPOSURE EXCHANGE AGREEMENTS WITH DFIS

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2025      2024  

Exposure Exchange Agreement with:

   EEA Seller      EEA Buyer      EEA Seller      EEA Buyer  

International Bank for Reconstruction and Development

   $ 2,021      $ 2,021      $ 4,901      $ 4,901  

Asian Development Bank

     4,000        4,000        4,000        4,000  

OPEC Fund for International Development

     500        650        500        650  

African Development Bank (AFDB)

     3,200        3,200        —         —   

Council of Europe Development Bank (CEB)

     588        588        —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,309      $ 10,459      $ 9,401      $ 9,551  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Page | 31


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Effective April 2025, the EEAs with the IBRD signed in 2015, totaling $2,880 million, was extinguished and replaced, with a new exposure agreement with the AFDB. The Bank was the EEA Buyer (received a financial guarantee) of $3,200 million; and the EEA Seller (provided a financial guarantee) for $3,200 million.

In July 2025, the Bank executed its first non-USD denominated bilateral EEA transaction with the CEB. The Bank was the EEA Buyer (received a financial guarantee) of EUR 500 million; and the EEA Seller (provided a financial guarantee) for EUR 500 million.

For further information, refer to Note D - Developmental assets – loans and guarantees of the Financial statements.

Credit Risk Insurance: In 2023, the Bank executed a credit risk transfer transaction via an insurance credit protection policy with private insurance companies. This product is in line with the G203 Capital Adequacy Framework (CAF) Recommendations and supplements the EEA and shareholder guarantees to help reduce concentration risk in the SG portfolio. The first transaction in 2023 was designed to cover up to $300 million of SG exposure via an insurance policy distributed across 14 insurance companies

The Bank has continued to build appetite in the private sector for credit risk transfer transactions by executing a multi-sovereign portfolio transaction. This second transaction, executed in 2024, helps to further develop the private sector’s appreciation of the strength of the IDB preferred creditor status by not only releasing lending capacity over a ten-year horizon, but at pricing levels which are cost effective to the Bank. This transaction covering two sovereign exposures totals $300 million with two policies distributed across seven well-rated insurance companies.

In the unlikely event that a country included in a credit risk insurance transaction on which the Bank has a credit risk exposure falls on non-accrual, the Bank would be compensated by the insurance companies.

Credit Risk Guarantee from Shareholders: During 2020, the Bank entered into a 10-year guarantee and cooperation agreement (Agreement) with Sweden, a member country of the Bank, under which Sweden (through the Swedish International Development Cooperation Agency) will guarantee up to $100 million of eligible lending exposure to the Federal Government of Brazil. This Agreement allows the Bank to increase lending support by up to $300 million for new projects in Bolivia, Colombia, and Guatemala. During the term of the guarantee, if sovereign-guaranteed loans made to or guaranteed by the Federal Government of Brazil were classified in nonaccrual status (i.e., payment arrears for more than 180 days), Sweden will compensate the Bank for up to $100 million of the loan outstanding principal in nonaccrual status. At the end of the nonaccrual event, the Bank will reimburse Sweden for any principal that is re-covered with respect to the nonaccrual event. The guaranteed exposure under this guarantee was $83 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and there were no nonaccrual events associated with loans made to or guaranteed by Brazil.

In 2024, the Bank entered into another Agreement by which Sweden (through the Swedish Internation-al Development Cooperation Agency) agreed to guarantee up to $250 million of eligible lending expo-sure to the Governments of Brazil, Argentina and Ecuador for 22 years. The Agreement allows the Bank to increase lending support by up to $469 million for new projects in Bolivia, Brazil, Colombia, Ecuador, Guyana, Peru, Suriname, or Venezuela. During the term of the guarantee, if sovereign-guaranteed loans made to or guaranteed by the Governments of Brazil, Argentina and Ecuador were classified in nonaccrual status (i.e., payment arrears for more than 180 days), Sweden will compensate the Bank for up to $250 million of the loan outstanding principal in nonaccrual status. At the end of the nonaccrual event, the Bank will reimburse Sweden for any principal that is recovered with respect to the nonaccrual event. The guaranteed exposure under this guarantee was $107 million as of December 31, 2025

 
3 

Boosting MDBs’ investing capacity (2022). “An Independent Review of Multilateral Development Banks’ Capital Adequacy Frameworks.”

 

Page | 32


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

(December 31, 2024 - none), and there were no nonaccrual events associated with loans made to or guaranteed by Brazil, Argentina, or Ecuador.

In 2025, the Bank entered into three separate guarantee agreements with Sweden (through the Swedish International Development Cooperation Agency), Norway (through the Norwegian Agency for Development Cooperation), and Denmark (through Impact Fund Denmark) (collectively, the “Nordic Guarantee Agreements”), each a member country of the Bank. Pursuant to the Nordic Guarantee Agreements, Sweden and Norway each agreed to guarantee up to $50 million, and Denmark agreed to guarantee up to $100 million of eligible sovereign-guaranteed lending exposure to the Governments of Brazil, Argentina, and Ecuador for a term of 22 years. The Nordic Guarantee Agreements, which are substantially similar, collectively allow the Bank to increase lending support by up to $780 million for new projects in Bolivia, Brazil, Colombia, Ecuador, Guyana, Peru, Suriname, Belize, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, Panama, and the Dominican Republic. During the term of the Nordic Guarantee Agreements, if sovereign-guaranteed loans made to or guar-anteed by the Governments of Brazil, Argentina, or Ecuador are classified as nonaccrual (i.e., payment arrears for more than 180 days), Sweden and Norway will each compensate the Bank for up to $50 mil-lion of the outstanding loan principal in nonaccrual status and Denmark will compensate the Bank for up to $100 million. At the end of the nonaccrual event, the Bank will reimburse Sweden, Norway, and Denmark for any principal that is recovered with respect to such nonaccrual event. There was no guar-anteed exposure under

these agreements as of December 31, 2025, and there were no nonaccrual events associated with loans made to or guaranteed by Brazil, Argentina, or Ecuador.

Debt Securities

As of December 31, 2025 debt securities outstanding amounted to $494 million (2024 - $632 million).

Technical Assistance

In addition to loans and guarantees, the Bank provides technical assistance to its member countries both in connection with, and independent of, its lending operations. Such assistance focuses on transferring knowledge, and supports project preparation, feasibility studies, regional programs, and training. Technical assistance activities are currently funded by resources from the Ordinary Capital’s strategic development program and the funds under the Bank’s administration. The Strategic development program provides financing, non-reimbursable and contingent recovery assistance to borrowing member countries. In 2025, the Bank approved technical assistance for a total of $309 million (2024—$330 million), including $159 million (2024 - $159 million) funded by the Ordinary Capital.

As part of the Long-Term Financial Projections, the Board approved a $152 million allocation for the Ordinary Capital Strategic Development Program (OC SDP) in 2025. Throughout 2025, Management and the Board discussed increasing the OC SDP allocation for future years to recognize the increased demand for the Bank’s non-reimbursable technical cooperations and the new mandates that the Bank has undertaken since the OC SDP allocation was last increased. As part of a broad holistic review of uses of net income, Management showed the Board how OC SDP has been used in recent years and provided information on the potential uses of a larger allocation, as well as the financial tradeoffs. The 2026 allocation of $155 million was approved by the Board in December 2025.

 

Page | 33


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT

Unless otherwise stated, liquidity in this document means cash and investments in convertible currencies, excluding restricted investments. The Bank’s liquidity management principles are set out in Box 4.

BOX 4: LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES

The primary objective in the management of the Bank’s liquid assets is preservation of capital, and maintaining a portfolio of adequate size invested in high quality liquid assets to enable the Bank to meet its financial obligations without the need to access the capital markets. The secondary investment objective is to efficiently manage risk/return trade-offs within the defined risk tolerance of the Bank, in order to help offset the cost of carrying liquidity.

The Bank manages its liquidity through financial policies, a Strategic Asset Allocation (SAA) Framework, and investment guidelines. The Investment Resolution approved by the Board of Executive Directors provides the basic authority within which liquidity is invested. The SAA and Investment Guidelines approved by Management, provide strategic guidance for investing the Bank’s liquid assets and establish the detailed operating, compliance and monitoring conditions for the implementation of the liquidity management. All are designed to ensure that the Bank assesses market and credit risks, and establishes investment constraints consistent with the Bank’s level of risk tolerance. For information concerning the management of risk exposures on liquidity see the “Financial Risk Management” section.

The Bank substantially invests its liquid assets in highly rated securities and bank deposits. These instruments include obligations of sovereign and sub-sovereign governments’ agencies, multilaterals, banks and corporate entities, including asset- backed and mortgage-backed securities. The Bank also uses derivatives, mostly currency and interest rate swaps, to manage interest rate and currency risk on its investment portfolios. In addition, the Bank carries local currency assets to support local currency operations.

Furthermore, the Bank has a framework incorporating Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) criteria into its investment process for bank and corporate entities to complement its overall assessment of eligible issuers and counterparties.

As part of its regular review cycle, the SAA was updated in 2024 under the same overall objectives and risk appetite as the previous version, thus representing minor adjustments. The next review is scheduled for 2027.

Under the Bank’s liquidity policy, the Bank’s liquidity floor covers, at a minimum, 12 months of projected net cash requirements, after accounting for liquidity haircuts, while the liquidity ceiling is set to allow the entire yearly borrowing program to be executed in the first quarter of the year.

The policy allows Management to manage liquidity dynamically based on the Bank’s expected future cash flow needs. It requires a liquidity level ranging within a band established early in the year. The Bank has remained compliant with the required liquidity levels through the date of this Information Statement.

 

Page | 34


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

The liquid asset portfolio calculated in accordance with our liquidity policy, as compared to the required limits, is presented below.

TABLE 17: LIQUID ASSET PORTFOLIO

December 31, 2025

(Amounts expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     Amount      % over required
minimum
allowable Liquidity
Level
 

Maximum allowable liquidity level as per policy(1)

   $ 58,700        199  

Average during the period

     37,481        127  

As of December 31, 2025

     36,407        123  

Required minimum liquidity as per policy(1)

     29,500     

 

(1)

Include haircuts in accordance with the Bank’s liquidity policy.

Liquid investments (trading investments portfolio) are maintained in four distinct sub-portfolios: transactional, operational, the External Managers Program, and local currency, each with different risk profiles and performance benchmarks. The transactional portfolio is used to meet the day-to-day cash flow requirements. The operational portfolio holds the majority of the Bank’s liquid holdings.

The External Managers Program, which represented less than 2% of the Bank’s portfolio and focused on U.S. agency mortgage-backed security exposures in the trading investments portfolio, was terminated in May 2025.

The local currency assets are available to support operations occurring in or related to expenditures in local currencies.

The return of the trading investments portfolio in 2025 and 2024 is shown in Table 18. The decrease in the return of the portfolio was mainly due to lower interest rates.

TABLE 18: TRADING INVESTMENTS PORTFOLIO

December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Amounts expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025      2024  

Portfolio

   Ending
Balance(1)
     Financial
Return (%)
(2)(3)(4)
     Ending
Balance(1)
     Financial
Return (%)
(2)(3)(4)
 

Transactional

   $ 3,419        4.39      $ 3,711        5.37  

Operational

     33,271        5.04        31,228        5.80  

External Managers Program (EMP)(6)

     —         1.85        553        6.35  

Local currency

     242        13.61        240        10.65  

Others(5)

     246        2.88        221        4.60  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Overall Portfolio

   $ 37,178        4.97      $ 35,953        5.79  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

After swaps and includes accrued interest.

(2)

Combined return for all currencies in each portfolio.

(3)

Geometrically-linked time-weighted returns.

(4)

Includes gains and losses.

(5)

Investments transferred from FSO.

(6)

Terminated In May 2025.

Performance and Exposure of the Trading Investments Portfolio

The exposure for the entire investments portfolio, excluding swaps, amounted to $36,859 million at December 31, 2025 compared to $34,826 million at December 31, 2024. The quality of the overall portfolio

 

Page | 35


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

continues to be high, as 82.1% of the credit exposure is rated AAA(4) and AA (2024 – 86.8%), 5.4% carry the highest short-term ratings (A1 and A1+) (2024 – 4.0%), 11.8% is rated A (2024 - 8.5%), and 0.7% is rated below A (2024 - 0.7%).

Table 19 shows a breakdown of the trading investments portfolio at December 31, 2025 and 2024 by major security class and its contractual maturity, on securities held at the end of the respective year.

TABLE 19: TRADING INVESTMENTS PORTFOLIO BY MAJOR SECURITY CLASS AND DUE DATES

December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025  

Security Class

   Maturity in
one year or
less
     one year to
five years
     after five
years to ten
years
    after ten
years
     Grand
Total(1)
 

Obligations of the United States Government

   $ 1,273      $ 812      $ —      $ —       $ 2,085  

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

     —         —         —        —         —   

Obligations of non-U.S. governments

     7,095        322        —        —         7,417  

Obligations of non-U.S. agencies

     2,435        8,032        73       —         10,540  

Obligations of non-U.S. sub-sovereigns

     508        1,452        —        —         1,960  

Obligations of supranationals

     570        2,832        —        —         3,402  

Bank obligations

     6,244        3,312        —        —         9,556  

Corporate securities

     501        1,395        —        —         1,896  

Asset-backed securities

     —         —         —        3        3  

Currency and interest rate swaps - investments-trading

     296        26        (3     —         319  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trading investments

   $ 18,922      $ 18,183      $ 70     $ 3      $ 37,178  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents the fair value of the referred assets, including their accrued interest.

 

     2024  

Security Class

   Maturity in
one year or
less
     one year to
five years
     after five
years to ten
years
     after ten
years
     Grand
Total(1)
 

Obligations of the United States Government

   $ 3,084      $ 979      $ —       $ —       $ 4,063  

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

     39        162        100        54        355  

Obligations of non-U.S. governments

     3,823        —         —         —         3,823  

Obligations of non-U.S. agencies

     2,348        7,017        —         —         9,365  

Obligations of non-U.S. sub-sovereigns

     624        1,038        —         —         1,662  

Obligations of supranationals

     214        3,006        —         —         3,220  

Bank obligations

     7,422        3,401        —         —         10,823  

Corporate securities

     569        942        —         —         1,511  

Asset-backed securities

     —         —         —         4        4  

Currency and interest rate swaps - investments-trading

     393        734        —         —         1,127  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trading investments

   $ 18,516      $ 17,279      $ 100      $ 58      $ 35,953  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents the fair value of the referred assets, including their accrued interest.

 
(4) 

Letter ratings refer to the average ratings from major rating agencies and to the entire range in that rating category including numeric (i.e., 1–3), symbolic (i.e., +/-), or similar qualifications used by eligible rating agencies.

 

Page | 36


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

SOURCES OF FUNDS

Equity

Equity at December 31, 2025 was $41,655 million, compared with $40,390 million at December 31, 2024, an increase of $1,265 million. The increase was mainly due to Net income of $1,641 million, and a $126 million gain related to the recognition of changes in assets/liabilities under pension benefit plans; offset by a $459 million loss related to the Net fair value adjustments on borrowings attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk, and a $61 million amortization of net actuarial losses and prior service credit on pension plans.

The Bank’s equity base plays a critical role in achieving its financial objectives. It enables the Bank to absorb risk with its own resources without significantly affecting its lending capacity or requiring a possible call on callable capital stock.

The Bank uses a non-risk based leverage limit based on the Debt-to-Equity ratio to complement the risk-based capital constraint. The Debt-to-Equity ratio is transparent, easy to compute, credit rating supportive and aligned with evolving best practices in financial institutions. It is also cohesive with the Bank’s financial and risk management frameworks boundaries of the Bank’s Capital Adequacy Policy Mandate and the Bank’s financial policy framework.

The Debt-to-Equity ratio uses gross debt, as opposed to net debt, to facilitate its comparability with other MDBs. “Total Equity” (utilized as the denominator within the Debt-to-Equity ratio) is defined as Paid-in capital stock and Additional paid-in capital, net of Capital subscriptions receivable, less Receivable from members, plus Retained earnings minus borrowing countries’ local currency cash balances and accumulated other comprehensive income. The Debt-to-Equity ratio has a maximum policy limit, whereby the Bank cannot exceed 4.0x of equity. In August 2025, the Board of Executive Directors approved an increase of the debt-to-equity limit from 4.0x to 4.5x and set a 0.5x (before 0.2x) operational buffer.

Table 20 presents the composition of the Debt-to-Equity ratio as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

TABLE 20: TOTAL DEBT-TO-EQUITY RATIO

December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Amounts expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025      2024  

Borrowings outstanding after swaps and guarantee exposure

   $ 120,465      $ 118,704  

Equity

     

Paid-in capital stock

     11,854        11,854  

Less: Receivable from members

     812        830  

Retained earnings:

     

General reserve(1)

     28,048        26,801  

Special reserve(1)

     2,565        2,565  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     41,655        40,390  

Minus:

     

Borrowing countries’ local currency cash balances

     124        99  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,242        1,636  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Equity

   $ 40,289      $ 38,655  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Debt-to-Equity Ratio

     3.0        3.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes Accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

Page | 37


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Figure 8 presents the changes in the Debt-to-Equity ratio during the last five years.

FIGURE 8: TOTAL DEBT-TO-EQUITY RATIO

For the years ended December 31, 2023 through 2025

 

LOGO

Capitalization

Shareholders’ support for the Bank is reflected in the capital backing it has received from its members. At December 31, 2025, subscribed capital stock consists of: 1) paid-in capital stock of $6,039 million, ii) additional paid-in capital of $5,815 million, and iii) callable capital stock of $164,901 million.

Paid-in Capital Stock: Each subscription to paid-in capital stock has been paid, in whole or in part, in United States dollars or the currency of the respective member country. In the case of most payments made in the currency of the respective member country, the member country has made arrangements satisfactory to the Bank to assure that, subject to the provisions of the Agreement, its currency will be freely convertible (or the member country has agreed to convert its currency on behalf of the Bank) into the currencies of other countries for the purposes of the Bank’s operations. The Bank has accepted non-negotiable, non-interest-bearing demand obligations in lieu of the immediate payment of all or a part of the member’s subscription to the paid-in capital stock. Under the Agreement, such obligations are accepted where currencies are not required for the Bank’s operations.

Additional Paid-in Capital Stock (APIC): APIC represents an increase to the value of the members’ existing equity shares in the Bank. In the unlikely event of a member withdrawal or termination of the Bank’s operations, APIC would be subordinate to the Bank’s paid-in capital; it would not be subject to the retained earnings allocation; and would be distributed to the Bank’s shareholders based on their respective shares of the FSO net assets transferred.

Callable Capital Stock: The callable portion of the capital stock subscriptions is subject to call only when required and to the extent necessary to meet the obligations of the Bank on borrowings of funds or guarantees. In the event of a call, payment may be made at the option of the member in gold, United States dollars, fully convertible currency of the member country or in the currency required to discharge the obligations of the Bank for the purpose for which the call is made. Calls are required to be uniform, but obligations of the members of the Bank to make payment upon such calls are independent of each other. Failure of one or more members to make payments on any such call would not excuse any other member from its obligation to make payment, and successive calls could be made on non-defaulting members if necessary to meet the Bank’s obligations. However, no member could be required on any such call to pay more than the unpaid balance of its capital stock subscription. No call has ever been made on the Bank’s callable capital stock.

In 2024, the Bank issued the Callable Capital of the Inter-American Development Bank report, to provide greater clarity and transparency to the usage of callable capital. See the “Capital Adequacy Framework (CAF) Recommendations” section for further Information.

Total callable capital by Standard & Poor’s (S&P) country rating is shown on Table 21.

 

Page | 38


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

TABLE 21: CALLABLE CAPITAL BY S&P COUNTRY RATINGS(5)

December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

Country Rating

   2025      2024  

AAA

   $ 11,925      $ 11,925  

AA+

     50,028        50,027  

AA

     2,184        2,135  

AA-

     —         3,175  

A+

     14,711        8,254  

A

     5,408        8,649  

A-

     80        170  

BBB+

     5,252        2,011  

BBB

     12,048        15,290  

BBB-

     4,724        3,973  

BB+

     951        5,898  

BB

     26,599        20,699  

BB-

     1,095        2,457  

B+

     976        1,092  

B

     —         225  

B-

     1,944        1,944  

CCC+

     18,886        1,650  

CCC

     —         18,743  

CCC-

     1,506        —   

CC

     5,569        —   

D

     —         5,569  

N.R(1)

     1,015        1,015  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 164,901      $ 164,901  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Sovereigns not rated by S&P.

At December 31, 2025, the total subscription of the United States, the Bank’s largest shareholder, was $54,237 million, of which $1,813 million is paid-in capital stock, $2,923 million is additional paid-in capital and the remainder constitutes callable capital stock. Of the United States’ callable capital stock subscription of $49,501 million, $3,800 million had been fully authorized and appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, by United States legislation, and no further appropriation is necessary to enable the Secretary of the Treasury to pay this amount if any part were to be called to meet obligations of the Bank. The balance of the United States’ callable capital stock subscription, $45,701 million, has been authorized by the United States Congress but not yet appropriated. In 1979, in connection with the United States’ largest subscription to an increase in the callable capital stock, the Bank obtained an opinion of the General Counsel of the Treasury stating that appropriations were not legally required to back subscriptions to such callable capital stock unless and until payment was required of the United States on a call made by the Bank. The opinion further states that an appropriation is not required to make United States callable capital stock subscriptions, authorized by United States legislation, binding obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, and that an obligation contracted by the United States pursuant to a Congressional grant of authority for constitutional purposes is fully binding on the United States notwithstanding that a future appropriation might be necessary in order to fund that obligation.

Borrowings

The Bank raises funds in the international capital markets primarily through the issuance of debt securities. To diversify its sources of funding, the Bank issues its debt securities in various currencies, maturities, formats, and structures to meet the needs of global institutional and retail investors. Under the Agreement, the Bank may borrow only with the approval of the member country in whose markets the debt securities are sold and the member country in whose currency the borrowings are denominated. In addition, the Bank is required to obtain the agreement of each such member country

 
(5) 

Represents the countries’ S&P long-term sovereign foreign currency credit ratings.

 

Page | 39


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

that the proceeds may be exchanged by the Bank for the currency of any other member country without restriction.

The Bank also has a short-term borrowing program (including the Discount Note Program, a Deposits Program, and repurchase/resale agreements), which is used to manage short-term cash flow needs. Discount notes are issued in amounts of not less than $100,000 and maturities of no more than 360 days. Deposits are denominated only in U.S. dollars with maturities up to 30 days.

Repurchase and resale agreements

The Bank enters into repurchase and/or resale agreements as another way to manage the Bank’s short-term cash needs. In a repurchase, or repo, agreement, the Bank transfers securities to a repo counterparty in exchange for cash and concurrently agrees to repurchase those securities at a future date for an amount equal to the cash exchanged plus a stipulated interest factor. In a resale or reverse repo agreement, the Bank buys securities with an agreement to resell them to the counterparty at a stated price plus interest at a specified date. The Bank enters into short-term repurchase and resale agreements as money market instruments for the Bank’s liquid asset investment portfolio and for the management of liquidity in general. All contracts are subject to a maximum maturity of 3 months. There are no open positions as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Table 22 presents information about the Bank’s short-term borrowing operations.

TABLE 22: SHORT TERM BORROWINGS

December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Amounts expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025     2024  

Balance at year-end

   $ 1,594     $ 3,314  

Average daily balance during the year

     1,491       1,656  

Maximum month-end-balance

     3,077       3,351  

Weighted average rate at the end of the year

     3.77     4.56

Weighted average rate during the year

     4.14     4.91

Medium- and long-term borrowing operations for 2025 and 2024 are summarized in Table 23.

TABLE 23: SUMMARY OF MEDIUM AND LONG-TERM BORROWING OPERATIONS

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Amounts expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     2025      2024  

Total medium- and long- term borrowings(1)

   $ 21,547      $ 21,381  

Average life (years)(2)

     5.4        5.9  

Number of transactions

     111        114  

Number of currencies

     8        10  

 

(1)

Represents proceeds after swaps.

(2)

Average life calculated considering the time to the next call date.

Unless otherwise specified, borrowings raised in any given year are used for general operations, including loan disbursements and liquidity management. In 2025, the Bank executed three fixed rate strategic benchmark global bond issues denominated in United States dollars with five and ten-year maturities for a combined amount of $9,250 million.

 

Page | 40


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

New medium- and long-term borrowings by currency for 2025, compared to 2024, are shown in Figure 9.

FIGURE 9: NEW BORROWINGS BY CURRENCY(1)

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Includes medium- and long-term borrowings, excluding swaps, and represents proceeds on a trade date basis.

 

Page | 41


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Medium- and long-term borrowings outstanding by currency as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 are shown in Table 24.

TABLE 24: OUTSTANDING BORROWINGS BY CURRENCY(1)

December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

Currency

   2025      2024  

Australian dollars

   $ 5,389      $ 5,107  

Brazilian reais

     64        57  

British pounds

     11,728        10,154  

Canadian dollars

     3,752        4,271  

Colombian pesos

     128        120  

Costa Rican colones

     59        67  

Euros

     250        116  

Hong Kong dollars

     1,051        520  

Indian rupees

     1,994        1,781  

Indonesian rupiahs

     132        137  

Mexican pesos

     92        74  

Turkish liras

     1        1  

New Zealand dollars

     1,030        1,113  

Norwegian krone

     526        466  

Peruvian soles

     15        19  

South African rands

     16        13  

Swedish krona

     163        136  

Swiss francs

     711        159  

United States dollars

     88,345        86,820  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 115,446      $ 111,131  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Medium- and long-term borrowings net of unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs (before swaps and fair value adjustments).

The Bank may retire its debt earlier than the maturity date. During 2025, the Bank early retired $107 million of its borrowings (2024—$32 million).

Use of Derivatives: The Bank may enter into currency and interest rate swaps contemporaneously with borrowing transactions in order to convert the proceeds mostly into United States dollars and floating rate funding to meet its loan disbursement obligations. In 2025, certain new borrowings were swapped into United States dollars at floating rates. Figures 10 and 11 illustrate the effect of swaps on both the

 

Page | 42


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

interest rate structure and currency composition of the medium- and long- term borrowing portfolio at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

FIGURE 10: EFFECTS OF SWAPS ON INTEREST RATE STRUCTURE OF OUTSTANDING BORROWINGS(1)

December 31, 2025 and 2024

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Medium- and long-term borrowings only.

Figure 11: EFFECTS OF SWAPS ON CURRENCY COMPOSITION OF OUTSTANDING BORROWINGS(1)

December 31, 2025 and 2024

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Medium- and long-term borrowings only.

 

Page | 43


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Through providing multilateral financing, the Bank is exposed to a variety of risks including credit risk (loan portfolio or country credit and commercial credit); market risks (interest rate, spread and exchange rate); liquidity risk (funding and liquidation); retirement plan risk; and operational risk.

Governance

The Bank conducts its operations within a framework of financial and risk management policies, uses only specifically authorized financial instruments and follows a well-defined risk management decision-making process.

The Bank manages its risks in accordance with the Agreement and relevant policies approved by its Board of Governors, its Board of Executive Directors and Management. The Bank’s Office of Risk Management reports to the Executive Vice President responsible for providing oversight of asset-liability management, treasury risk, capital adequacy/credit risk, financial controls/operational risk, and socioenvironmental risk respectively. The Asset and Liability Management Committee (ALCO), the Credit Committee (CRCO), and the Operational Risk Management Committee (ORMC), are the forums to consider risk and financial management issues.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the potential economic loss that could result from the default of borrowers (loan portfolio credit risk or country credit risk) or from the default of investment, trading or swap counterparties (commercial credit risk).

Loan Portfolio Credit Risk: Loan portfolio credit risk is the risk that the Bank may not receive repayment of principal and/ or interest on one or more of its loans according to the contractual terms. It is determined by the credit quality of, and exposure to, each borrower and directly related to the Bank’s core business. The Bank manages credit risk in its loan portfolio through i) its overall lending and investing limitations, ii) a comprehensive CAP (designed to ensure that the Bank always holds sufficient equity given the quality and concentration of its portfolio), iii) a policy for the treatment of non-performing loans instruments, and iv) a policy for the maintenance of a credit loss allowance, among others.

The credit quality of the sovereign-guaranteed lending portfolio as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 as represented by the long-term foreign currency credit ratings assigned to each borrowing country by S&P, is depicted in Figure 12.

FIGURE 12: CREDIT QUALITY OF SOVEREIGN-GUARANTEED LENDING EXPOSURE REFLECTED IN RATING OF BORROWING MEMBER COUNTRIES (1) (2)

December 31, 2025 and 2024

 

LOGO

 

Page | 44


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

(1)

Data is rounded; detail may not add up due to rounding.

(2)

After consideration of EEA agreements, Credit risk insurance in 2025 and SIDA Guarantee.

Concentration risk is the risk resulting from having a large exposure to a single borrower, if the exposure fell into nonaccrual, would result in risk to the financial health of the Bank. Concentration risk needs to be evaluated both on an individual borrowing country basis and on a collective basis, considering correlation when more than one borrowing country is affected by a common event, such that when combined, the Bank’s exposure to a common risk is significant. Taking into consideration the regional nature of the Bank’s operations and the relative sizes of the economies of its borrowing members, the Bank expects to consistently have a concentrated portfolio (see Figure 13).

FIGURE 13: CONCENTRATION OF SOVEREIGN-GUARANTEED LENDING EXPOSURE (1) (2) (3)

December 31, 2025 and 2024

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Data is rounded; detail may not add up due to rounding.

(2)

After consideration of EEA agreements, credit risk insurance in 2025 and SIDA Guarantee.

(3)

Measured on a basis of disbursed outstanding balance per borrowing country, aggregated by concentration band.

The Bank has implemented the following measures to address its concentration of credit risk:

Sovereign-Guaranteed Single Borrower Limits: The Bank follows a Board of Executive Directors approved two-tiered exposure-based single borrower limit policy (i.e., Country Limits) for its sovereign-guaranteed credit portfolio. This policy measures the Bank’s credit concentration based on its exposure at default, and limits it through a mechanism with thresholds of different nature and level named “Hard Limit” and “Soft Limit”. All Borrower Member Countries (BMCs) are conditioned by both limits. If during a particular year the “Hard Limit” is surpassed by a BMC, the amount of new loan approvals for the respective BMC for the year subsequent reduce to an amount no greater than the debt repayment scheduled for the subsequent year. If only the “Soft Limit” is exceeded, the BMC in breach could have access to additional lending subject to a premium determined to compensate the marginal cost of capital incurred by the Bank on this additional lending and based on country risk considerations. Such risk-based price differentiation mechanism enables the Bank to accumulate additional resources to offset the impact that exposure beyond the soft limit entails on the Bank’s capital position.

Development Finance Institutions (DFIs) Exposure Exchange Agreement: The Bank executed bilateral EEA transactions with certain other DFIs. The aggregate amount of EEA transactions remained within the 10% of the Bank’s SG outstanding loan balance, and individual country exposures exchanged do not exceed the Bank’s 10th largest SG exposure. In addition, each DFI engaging in EEAs is required to retain at least 50% of each individual exposure after considering all credit protections. Each EEA transaction is accounted for as an exchange of two separate financial guarantees (given and received). For further information, refer to Note D - Developmental assets – loans and guarantees of the financial statements.

 

Page | 45


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

As of December 31, 2025, the Bank is the EEA Buyer (receives a financial guarantee from other DFIs) and the EEA Seller (provides a financial guarantee to other DFIs) for the following countries and exposure amounts (in millions):

TABLE 25: EXPOSURE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT TRANSACTIONS

December 31, 2025 and 2024

 

EEA Seller

 
     As of December 31, 2025      As of December 31, 2024  

Country

   Amount      S&P Rating      Amount      S&P Rating  

Angola

   $ 135        B-      $ 85        B-  

Armenia

     118        BB-        118        BB-  

Bangladesh

     1,385        B+        1,385        B+  

Bosnia & Herzegovina

     123        B+        99        B+  

Cameroon

     275        B-        —      

Congo

     60        CCC+        —      

Egypt

     680        B        830        B-  

Georgia

     97        BB        97        BB  

India

     630        BBB        630        BBB-  

Indonesia

     885        BBB        885        BBB  

Jordan

     144        BB-        144        BB-  

Kenya

     510        B        —      

Macedonia

     130        BB-        130        BB-  

Moldova

     14        BB-        —      

Mongolia

     107        BB-        107        B+  

Montenegro

     116        B+        116        B+  

Morocco

     676        BBB-        1,046        BB+  

Nigeria

     430        B-        95        B-  

Oman

     21        BBB-        21        BBB-  

Pakistan

     1,673        B-        1,673        CCC+  

Romania

     24        BBB-        —      

Serbia

     310        BBB-        195        BBB-  

Sri Lanka

     48        CCC+        48        SD  

Tanzania

     21        B-        21        B-  

Tunisia

     600        B-        990        B-  

Türkiye

     722        BB-        311        BB-  

Uzbekistan

     172        BB        172        BB-  

Vietnam

     203        BB+        203        BB+  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total

   $ 10,309         $ 9,401     
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

EEA Buyer

 
     As of December 31, 2025      As of December 31, 2024  

Country

   Amount      S&P Rating      Amount      S&P Rating  

Argentina

   $ 1,303        CCC+      $ 1,093        CCC  

Bolivia

     182        CCC-        181        CCC+  

Brazil

     3,309        BB        2,755        BB  

Chile

     66        A        66        A  

Colombia

     1,076        BB        1,029        BB+  

Costa Rica

     43        BB        43        BB-  

Dominican Republic

     480        BB        480        BB  

Ecuador

     1,747        B-        1,864        B-  

El Salvador

     225        B-        225        B-  

Mexico

     1,554        BBB        1,387        BBB  

Panama

     274        BBB-        228        BBB-  

Trinidad and Tobago

     200        BBB-        200        BBB-  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total

   $ 10,459         $ 9,551     
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

There were no nonaccrual events since the inception of the EEA portfolio on the countries covered by the EEA (as either EEA buyer or seller). The Bank continues to expect full recovery of all its sovereign-guaranteed exposures.

Lending Limitation: The Bank’s Agreement limits the total amount of outstanding loans and guarantees to the amount of subscribed capital (including callable capital), plus reserves and surplus, exclusive of income assigned to certain reserves. However, the Bank’s lending capacity is also limited by its financial policies.

Capital Adequacy Policy

The Bank’s CAP consists of the Mandate and regulations that determine capital requirements for credit and market risks in both its lending and treasury operations. The CAP also includes capital requirements

 

Page | 46


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

for pension and operational risks. The Mandate, approved by the Board of Governors, requires the Bank to maintain its Triple-A foreign currency long-term issuer credit rating and the establishment of capital buffers, specifically to assume financial risks in times of stress, while preserving the Bank’s lending capacity.

This policy mandate is operationalized through a set of regulations that define the Capital Coverage Ratio (CCR), the Bank’s primary risk-based measure of capital adequacy. The CCR is calculated as the ratio of Adjusted Equity (defined as equity per financial statements, net of local currency cash and member receivables) to Base Capital Requirements, which reflect the capital needed to cover credit, market, operational, and pension-related risks.

The CAP allows the Bank to measure the inherent risk in its loan portfolio due to the credit quality of its borrowers and the concentration of its loan portfolios. Specific risk limits in terms of capital requirements for investments and derivatives are included to enable Management to design more efficient funding and investment strategies following the risk tolerance established by the Board of Executive Directors.

Box 5 includes the Bank’s Mandate as approved by its Board of Governors in 2014.

 

BOX 5: CAPITAL ADEQUACY POLICY MANDATE
“The Bank provides funding at competitive pricing for projects in Latin American and Caribbean countries with and without a sovereign guarantee. Based on the limited number of borrowing member countries and the distribution of economic activity in the Region, the Bank operates with high single-borrower concentration. In addition, the Bank stands ready to support the Region during a downturn, i.e., continuing lending during a regional crisis.
Therefore, the Bank shall establish regulations, policies, guidelines, and related initiatives, including the definition of appropriate capital buffers, to maintain its firm financial footing and ensure a long-term foreign-currency credit rating of triple-A (or equivalent) level, with all major credit rating agencies. These regulations, policies, guidelines, and related initiatives shall adhere to international best practices for financial risk management, in particular those adopted by similarly rated regional and multilateral development financial institutions. The Bank shall maintain its commitment under the 9th General Capital Increase to provide preferential support to small and vulnerable countries in Latin America and the Caribbean.”

As a complement to the capital adequacy framework, the Bank also maintains a non-risk-based leverage policy. This policy sets a Debt-to-Equity limit of 4.5x, with a built-in operational buffer of 0.5x. The Debt-to-Equity ratio is the Bank’s primary non-risk-based constraint and serves as a safeguard against procyclical behavior that can arise when risk-based metrics (like risk-adjusted capital (RAC) or CCR) become binding during times of stress. In this context, the Debt-to-Equity policy acts as a backstop, limiting balance sheet expansion in periods when risk-based capital requirements decline due to shifts in asset risk profiles.

Income Management Model (IMM)

The Bank’s IMM establishes the rules for: i) capital accumulation consistent with the Bank’s CAP; and, ii) minimum level of loan charges on sovereign-guaranteed loans, which requires that, at a minimum, loan charges for SG loans, plus 90% of the loan charge income from the Bank’s NSG operations, be sufficient to cover 90% of the Ordinary Capital’s administrative expenses on a three-year-rolling basis. As such, it provides a framework for decisions related to the uses of Ordinary Capital income considering the trade-offs associated with various parameters, such as: the level of loan charges; the annual lending capacity and disbursement programs; the annual level of administrative expenses and administrative budget; and annual transfers of income. The IMM provides the Board of the Executive Directors and Management with a methodology to review these parameters in an integrated and simultaneous fashion and provides for guiding principles and clear rules to direct equity accumulation to meet its CAP Mandate.

 

Page | 47


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Together, these frameworks form the core pillars of the IDB’s financial risk management architecture. They are deliberately designed to preserve the Bank’s Triple-A rating, ensure financial resilience through the cycle, and uphold the institution’s commitment to the region’s development priorities without jeopardizing its long-term sustainability.

Enhanced Lending Capacity (ELC)

Consistent with the rules of the IMM and the definition of the Sustainable Lending Level (SLL), in 2017 the Board of Executive Directors approved a series of rules to make capital buffers available, if needed, to allow the Bank to increase the SG lending envelope above the SLL in a given year.

When the Bank intends to lend above its SLL, it will need to determine whether enough ELC is available to accommodate increased lending volumes. To deploy the resources available in the ELC, the Board of Governors approved a new lending category called SDL as a permanent lending category of the Bank.

G20 Capital Adequacy Framework (CAF) Recommendations

The Bank is implementing the recommendations of the G20-sponsored MDB Capital Adequacy Framework (CAF) Review, which comprises seventeen recommendations across five categories: risk appetite and the financial policy framework; the value of callable capital; financial innovation to expand lending capacity; interaction with credit rating agencies; and governance and the use of loan performance data to enhance resource mobilization.

A number of these recommendations have already been completed or mainstreamed into the Bank’s regular operations, while the remaining measures are being implemented in a sequenced manner. During 2025, Management and the Board of Executive Directors reviewed progress and the implementation approach for the coming years.

Callable Capital Report: The Bank issued the Callable Capital of the Inter-American Development Bank report, to provide greater clarity and transparency to the usage of callable capital, a portion of capital subscribed by the IDB shareholders but not paid unless certain conditions are met. The report includes legal aspects, finance and risk factors, and the process through which shareholders could respond to requests for callable capital. The report, which is available on the Bank’s website: https://www.iadb.org/en/news/report-confirms-idbs-callable-capital-valuable, affirms that Callable Capital at the IDB is legally valid and binding and could be activated by Executive Directors.

Historical Default & Loss Rates Report: The Bank published for the first time ever its historical disaggregated loan performance data of its public sector operations since 1959, revealing an average default rate of 0.5% and a low average loss rate of 2.02%. This information has been shared with the Global Emerging Markets Risk Database Consortium (GEMs) to contribute to the pooled MDB statistics. The results are consistent with those produced by the consortium. In accordance with G20 CAF Review recommendations, the IDB will keep the community, and its stakeholders informed by regularly publishing this report with updated information. This report is available on the Bank’s website: https://publications.iadb.org/en/inter-american-development-bank-sovereign-guaranteed-lending-historical-default-loss-rates.

Non-performing Loans: Except for NSG loans, loan service delays by a borrower in a member country preclude new loan approvals to borrowers in the member country, may lead to the suspension of loan disbursements, may result in the loan being placed in nonaccrual status, and may cause the loan to be

 

Page | 48


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

declared due and payable. The treatment of non-performing sovereign-guaranteed loans is summarized in Table 26.

TABLE 26: TREATMENT OF NON-PERFORMING SOVEREIGN-GUARANTEED LOANS

 

30 days after loan due date    The Bank suspends disbursements on the loan in arrears and all other loans to the borrower. The Bank informs the guarantor of the arrears by the borrower and requests prompt payment of the amount in arrears. No loan contract with any borrower in the country in question is signed by the Bank and no loan proposal is approved.
120 days after loan due date    The Bank suspends disbursements on all loans to the guarantor and to other borrowers guaranteed by the same guarantor if the guarantor fails to pay the amounts due.
180 days after loan due date    The Bank places in nonaccrual status all loans for the country in question of which the government, the central bank or any government entity is a borrower or guarantor, unless it is determined that all payments of amounts in arrears are in process and will be collected in the immediate future. Placement in nonaccrual status implies a reversal of all accrued income to date and no further income accumulation until all pending amounts are received. All Bank missions to the country intended for programming, preparing or processing of loans are suspended.

The Bank maintains a continuous dialogue with its borrowers to ensure prompt payment on all of its loans.

In the case of NSG loans, the Credit Risk Committee, chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, determines when the loan is classified in nonaccrual status, which can happen anytime between 30 and 90 days of being overdue, or earlier when Management has doubts of its future collectability.

Allowance for credit losses: Since its incorporation, the Bank has had an essentially fully performing sovereign-guaranteed loan portfolio and has collected the full principal and interest due on all its sovereign-guaranteed loans, with only six borrowing countries having been placed in nonaccrual status for varying times. The maximum aggregate balance in nonaccrual has never exceeded 8% of total loans outstanding. The Bank expects that each of its sovereign-guaranteed loans will be repaid. Table 27 displays information related to the countries, the periods of time, and the maximum amounts of sovereign-guaranteed loans that have been placed in nonaccrual status throughout the Bank’s history.

TABLE 27: HISTORICAL DATA OF COUNTRIES IN NONACCRUAL STATUS

As of December 31, 2025

(Amounts expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

Country

   In Non-
Accrual
     Out of Non-
Accrual(1)
     Days      Maximum
Outstanding Loan
Balances(2)
 

Panama

     29-Mar-88        18-Mar-92        1,450        518  

Nicaragua

     11-May-88        17-Sep-91        1,224        331  

Peru

     01-Feb-89        17-Sep-91        958        941  

Honduras

     01-Nov-89        06-Jul-90        247        619  

Suriname

     10-Nov-92        23-Dec-92        43        12  

Suriname

     01-Oct-93        14-Feb-94        136        15  

Suriname

     13-Dec-00        06-Jun-01        175        29  

Venezuela

     14-May-18        (3  )       2,788        2,011  

 

(1)

Repayment dates.

(2)

Maximum outstanding loan balance as of any given year-end during the period the country was in nonaccrual.

(3)

Continues in nonaccrual as of the date of this Information Statement.

The Bank maintains allowances for credit losses to recognize the expected credit losses over the lifetime of its loans. At December 31, 2025, the Bank has SG and NSG loans individually assessed for credit losses

 

Page | 49


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

for $2,011 million and $165 million, respectively (2024 – $2,011 million for SG loans and $102 million for NSG loans).

For its loans and guarantees, the Bank determines the nature and extent of its exposure to credit risk upon the initial recognition of such assets and over the assets’ contractual life, considering past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions. Expected credit losses for SG loans are evaluated at the aggregated borrower level as the Bank considers loans to the same sovereign borrower share common risk characteristics. Historically, virtually all the sovereign-guaranteed loan portfolio has been fully performing. However, in the past the Bank has experienced delays in the receipt of debt service payments, sometimes for more than six months, upon which time all loans made to, or guaranteed by, these sovereign borrowers were placed in nonaccrual status. Since the Bank does not charge interest on missed interest payments for these loans, such delay in debt service payments is viewed as a potential credit loss as the timing of the cash flows may not be met in accordance with the terms of the loan contract. SG loans in nonaccrual status are evaluated on an individual basis at the aggregated borrower level given these loans do not share the same risk characteristics as the Bank’s performing SG loans.

For NSG loans and guarantees, the Bank manages and measures credit risk using a classification system that maps on a one to one basis to that of the S&P foreign currency credit rating with a point in time term structure. It also incorporates forward looking conditioning, which takes into consideration current market conditions, macroeconomic forecasts, and their corresponding impact on the likelihood of default and the severity of loss given a default. The macroeconomic forecasts include various scenarios, where each scenario represents a different state of the economy in the reasonable and supportable period. For each scenario, a lifetime loss rate for each instrument is calculated using the appropriate probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD) for the remaining life of the instrument.

Commercial Credit Risk

Commercial credit risk is the exposure to losses that could result from the default of one of the Bank’s investment, trading or derivatives counterparties. The primary sources of commercial credit risk are the financial instruments in which the Bank invests its liquidity. The primary objective in the management of liquid assets is the maintenance of a conservative exposure to credit, market, and liquidity risks. Consequently, the Bank invests only in high quality debt instruments issued by sovereign and sub-sovereign governments, agencies, supranationals, banks and corporate entities, including asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities. The Bank’s process for controlling its commercial credit risk includes: a) specifying authorized investments; b) establishing approved lists of acceptable counterparties, issuers, and dealers; c) defining acceptable credit rating limits; and d) specifying exposure limits and term limits for acceptable counterparties, issuers, and dealers based on their size and creditworthiness.

As part of its regular investment, funding, and asset and liability management activities, the Bank uses derivative instruments, substantially swaps, primarily for economic hedging purposes. The use of derivatives is limited to authorized dealers and counterparties selected on the basis of conservative risk management policies. The Bank has established exposure limits for each derivative counterparty and has entered into master netting agreements that contain enforceable closeout netting provisions. These agreements also provide for collateralization in the event that the mark-to-market exposure exceeds certain contractual thresholds. Counterparty exposure against established limits are calculated and monitored on the basis of potential credit exposures modeled through the life of each counterparty’s portfolio. Simulation is used to model the complex interactions of market risk factors, the dynamics of the portfolio, and the impact of risk mitigation mechanisms such as collateral thresholds and termination triggers, to estimate the potential credit exposure. Monitoring the Bank’s exposures and managing such risks are continuous processes. The Bank does not expect nonperformance by any of its swap counterparties.

The Bank considers current credit exposure as the replacement cost of the relevant derivative instrument. This is also referred to as replacement risk or the mark-to-market exposure amount. Mark-to-market exposure is a measure, at a point in time, of the value of a derivative contract in the open

 

Page | 50


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

market. When the mark-to-market is positive, it indicates that the counterparty owes the Bank and, therefore, creates a credit exposure for the Bank. When the mark-to-market is negative, the Bank owes the counterparty and does not have replacement risk. When the Bank has more than one derivative transaction outstanding with a derivative counterparty, the “net” mark-to-market exposure represents the netting of the positive and negative exposures with the same counterparty. If this net mark-to-market is negative, the Bank’s exposure to the counterparty is considered to be zero.

Table 28 provides details of the estimated current credit exposure on the Bank’s investment and swap portfolios, net of collateral, by counterparty rating category. As of December 31, 2025, the credit exposure amounted to $36,924 million, compared to $34,919 million as of December 31, 2024.

Table 28: CREDIT EXPOSURE, NET OF COLLATERAL HELD, BY COUNTERPARTY RATING CATEGORY(1)

December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Amounts expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     December 31, 2025  
     Investments     

 

     Total Exposure
on Investments
and Swaps
     % of
Total
 

Counterparty

rating

   Governments
and Agencies
     Banks      Corporates      ABS and
MBS
     Net Derivative
Exposure
 

A1+

   $ 1,278      $ 477      $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 1,755        4.8  

A1

     —         253        —         —         —         253        0.7  

AAA

     11,934        1,486        36        —         —         13,456        36.4  

AA

     8,746        6,197        1,860        —         22        16,825        45.5  

A

     3,204        1,143        —         —         43        4,390        11.9  

BBB

     19        —         —         —         —         19        0.1  

BB

     223        —         —         —         —         223        0.6  

B

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

CCC

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

CC and below(2)

     —         —         —         3        —         3        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 25,404      $ 9,556      $ 1,896      $ 3      $ 65      $ 36,924        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2024  
     Investments     

 

     Total Exposure
on Investments
and Swaps
     % of
Total
 

Counterparty

rating

   Governments
and Agencies
     Banks      Corporates      ABS and
MBS
     Net Derivative
Exposure
 

A1+

   $ 407      $ 971      $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 1,378        4.0  

A1

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

AAA

     9,367        1,691        —         —         —         11,058        31.7  

AA

     10,526        7,151        1,511        —         64        19,252        55.1  

A

     1,947        1,010        —         —         30        2,987        8.6  

BBB

     49        —         —         —         —         49        0.1  

BB

     191        —         —         —         —         191        0.5  

B

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

CCC

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

CC and below(2)

     —         —         —         4        —         4        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 22,487      $ 10,823      $ 1,511      $ 4      $ 94      $ 34,919        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Letter ratings refer to the average ratings from major rating agencies and to the entire range in that rating category including numeric (i.e. 1-3), symbolic (i.e. +/-), or similar qualifications used by eligible rating agencies. The group A1+ refers to the highest short-term ratings.

(2)

Includes assets not currently rated.

Market Risk

The Bank faces risks that result from market movements, primarily changes in interest and exchange rates, which are mitigated through its integrated asset and liability management framework.

Asset and Liability Management (ALM): The objective of the ALM is to manage the currency composition, maturity profile and interest rate sensitivity of the portfolio of assets and liabilities. The Bank

 

Page | 51


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

uses derivatives, mostly interest rate and foreign currency swaps, to manage its exposure to interest rate and exchange rate risk by aligning the characteristics of its debt with the assets it is funding. In addition, in seeking to achieve stable net interest income and preserving the economic value of its equity, the Bank uses derivatives to manage the repricing and maturity profile of its equity-funded assets in accordance with the ALM policy. In 2021, a model was implemented, by which interest rate swaps are used systematically to modify the characteristics of equity-funded assets to minimize volatility of net interest income.

As of December 31, 2025, interest rate swaps for asset and liability management purposes with a notional amount of $38,967 million (2024—$36,769 million) were outstanding.

Interest Rate Risk: The Bank is exposed to two potential sources of interest rate risk. The first is the exposure to changes in the net spread between the rate earned on assets and the cost of borrowings that fund those assets. The second is the exposure to changes in the income earned on the portion of the assets funded with equity.

The Bank mitigates its exposure to net spread changes through either a cost passthrough formulation, calculated on an actual or estimated basis, incorporated in the lending rates charged, or economic hedges of related interest rate exposures. The Bank’s policy of setting its lending rate on its SG non-concessional loans as a cost pass-through plus a variable lending spread, immunizes it from the volatility associated with the underlying cost of funding which is primarily based on SOFR.

Interest rate sensitivity of the income earned on equity-funded assets is managed through the ALM policy and guidelines, which seek to maintain stability of near-term income while limiting the volatility of the long-term economic value of equity within the Board approved risk appetite. This is achieved by managing the repricing and maturity profile of equity-funded assets through the use of interest rate swaps.

Additionally, the Bank funds and invests its liquidity portfolio at matching rate structures using specific duration gap constraints, thus avoiding any undue exposure to interest rate risk.

Investment Market Risk: Investment market risk is measured and monitored by applying quantitative techniques including Value at Risk (VaR), stress testing, scenario analysis and duration metrics. The Bank estimates VaR for a one-year time horizon using Monte Carlo simulation. The historical data inputs used to simulate relevant risk factors (such as interest rates, credit spreads, and others) include periods of significant financial stress. VaR measures are complemented by stress tests designed to quantify the impact of severe, unexpected market movements on the portfolio. The Bank conducts regular stress testing on its investment portfolio to ensure liquidity under a variety of adverse scenarios.

Exchange Rate Risk: In order to minimize exchange rate risk in a multicurrency environment, the Bank funds its assets in any one currency with, on an after-swap basis, borrowing obligations in the same currency, as prescribed by the Agreement. In addition, the Bank maintains virtually all of its equity and equity-funded assets in United States dollars.

The currency composition of the Bank’s assets and liabilities (after swaps) at the end of 2025 and 2024 was substantially all in United States dollars.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk arises from the general funding needs of the Bank’s activities and in the management of its assets and liabilities. It includes the risk of being unable to fund the portfolio of assets at appropriate maturities and rates (funding risk) and the risk of being unable to liquidate a position in a timely manner at a reasonable price (liquidation risk). The Bank manages liquidity risk through its liquidity, investment and asset and liability management policies with its respective guidelines. The Bank’s liquidity policy determines a minimum amount of liquidity to be held at all times and is designed to allow the Bank to refrain from borrowing for a significant period, while continuing to meet its own obligations. This liquidity

 

Page | 52


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

is invested in high quality liquid assets, as prescribed by the investment policy and related guidelines. Finally, the ALM policy limits the amount of debt refinancing within a given period.

Retirement Plan Risk

Retirement plan risk represents the exposure resulting from the Bank’s obligation to fund any increases in the shortfall of its pension and postretirement benefits plan (the Plans) obligations. Because the risk and return characteristics of pension assets do not match those of their liabilities, the Bank’s equity is exposed to volatility in the Plans’ funded status. The primary risk measure by the Bank related to its Plans is their active risk, which is a proxy for the volatility of the difference in performance of the Plans’ assets and liabilities.

Changes in the value of the Plans’ liabilities are driven by two factors, the first of which has a greater impact in terms of volatility and magnitude: (i) changes in the market interest rates of AA-rated high-grade, long-term U.S. corporate bonds, which are used to discount the stream of pension liabilities cash flows and (ii) changes in the Plans’ demographics, experience, and management’s best estimates of future benefit changes. Changes in the Plans’ assets are also driven by: (i) fluctuations in the market value of the Plans’ Return Strategy assets, which include developed and emerging markets equities, high yield and emerging markets bonds, real estate and infrastructure; and (ii) changes in interest rates, which impact the values of the Plans’ Liability Driven Strategy assets, which are invested in core, long duration and inflation-indexed fixed income instruments.

Because the investments policy allocates 60% to 65% of the Plans’ assets to Return Strategies, whose values are influenced by factors other than interest rates, the Plans’ assets values are much less sensitive to changes in long-term interest rates than are the values of the Plans’ liabilities, resulting in active risk. Under its CAP, the Bank determines specific capital requirements for the active risk in its Plans.

The Risk Appetite for the Retirement Plans Policy, as approved by the Board of Executive Directors, is comprised of two risk metrics. These metrics address the Plans’ long-term financial sustainability, and the short-term volatility of the Plans in the Bank’s financial statements. As of December 31, 2025, both metrics were within their respective policy limits.

Environmental and Social Risk Management

Environmental and social risks are understood as those risks arising in financed operations which may result in failure to achieve development effectiveness goals, leaving communities environmentally worse or exacerbation of environmental and social concerns or discriminate against or deprive vulnerable groups of representation. The Bank integrates environmental, social and climate-related risk considerations into policies, guidelines, operational risk management framework and taxonomy, which are modeled after international good practices.

The Bank’s Environmental and Social Policy Framework (ESPF) effective since 2021 consolidates requirements, statement and standards that reflect the positive environmental and social outcomes of IDB-financed projects and minimize the risks and negative impacts to people and the environment. The ESPF also explicitly excludes activities prohibited under national or international law or other legal activities that the IDB will not finance because they could adversely affect people and the environment, and activities that are inconsistent with the IDB’s commitment to addressing climate change and promoting environmental and social sustainability.

The environmental, social, governance and climate change risk management function is performed by two teams: the Environmental and Social Solutions Division (in the Vice-Presidency for Sectors) and the Environmental and Social Risk Management Unit (in the Office of Risk Management). The latter unit performs a second line risk management mandate by providing oversight of climate change, environmental, social, and governance risks in the Bank’s financed portfolio. It conducts independent quality assurance of impact and risk classifications, of the due diligence process, and of the quality of our environmental and social solutions throughout the project life cycle, with special attention to high-and substantial-risk projects. It also monitors and reports on the Bank’s portfolio exposure to environmental,

 

Page | 53


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

social, governance and climate change risks focusing on key and emerging risks, risk trends and dynamics, as well as compliance with existing environmental and social safeguards policies.

Sustainability-related Risks

The IDB is well positioned to manage existing and emerging sustainability-related financial risks and opportunities based on its robust governance structures, effective risk management practices and the integration of sustainability core objectives in its Institutional Strategy.

The IDB’s Borrowing Member Countries in Latin America and the Caribbean face growing sustainability-related risks, including more frequent and severe hurricanes, prolonged droughts, rising sea levels, loss of natural capital, and rapid technological transitions, among others. To ensure that IDB’s financing fulfills its development mandate, the IDB is committed to supporting countries that are most exposed to these risks and where Multilateral Development Bank (MDB) additionality is most needed. Accordingly, our procedures are designed to assess and manage risks to maintain IDB’s credit-rating, while ensuring we can provide support to countries and projects that are most vulnerable to climate impacts and that face relevant sustainability challenges.

Sustainability risk management is embedded within the IDB’s comprehensive risk management framework covering strategic, financial, corporate operational, and project operational risks. It integrates sustainability risks into treasury, capital adequacy, credit assessment, project due diligence processes, and portfolio assessments ensuring the Bank’s financial and operational sustainability. In addition, as part of its alignment with sustainability disclosure best practices for Multilateral Development Banks, the IDB is working on further strengthening the identification and management of sustainability-related risks. The sovereign-guaranteed nature of the Bank’s lending suggests that it will be able to manage most sustainability and climate risks in its portfolio by focusing on making the projects consistent with borrowing members’ nationally determined contribution commitments and resilience objectives. Nevertheless, the Bank does face residual climate exposures that could potentially pose reputational and credit risks. In fulfilling the mandate to support member countries in addressing their development needs, the Bank may increase its climate-related exposure.

Since 2024, IDB has been implementing a Roadmap to Align Reporting with disclosure of sustainability-related risks and opportunities through a phased-in approach. The roadmap aims: (i) to leverage and adjust existing reporting processes to enable the IDB to disclose sustainability-related risks and opportunities to align with leading disclosure best-practices and better inform stakeholders such as shareholders, rating agencies, investors, and donors; and (ii) to improve disclosure of how sustainability-related risks are managed at the entity level, in line with other peer MDBs. In 2025, the Bank established a Sustainability Steering Committee which made progress on the strengthening of sustainability risk and opportunity management at the entity level.

Sustainability Risk Management in IDB Corporate Activities

IDB has conducted resiliency assessments to identify exposure of its facilities to physical risks and to be prepared to adequately manage any identified risks in the short, medium and long term. Based on assessments following best practices, IDB facilities face exposure to physical climate risks such as weather events and rising temperatures. Considering the risks identified, the IDB is setting forward an action plan to better prepare and respond to the potential effects and implications.

Human capital

The IDB has more than 3,200 employees, including staff and consultants. Approximately one-third of our employees are posted in Latin America and the Caribbean to foster close cooperation with clients and partners.

The IDB has seen much progress as a result of its policies and practices to promote opportunities in the workplace. For additional information on these topics, please refer to the Sustainability Report and the IDB Impact Framework 2024-2030.

The Occupational Health and Safety and Human Resources departments conduct ongoing risk assessments. The Health and Safety Committee regularly monitors identified potential risks and reports

 

Page | 54


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

on accidents, diseases, and hazards. However, assessing and regularly monitoring risk is just one part of the overall process used to control risks as we aim to eliminate the hazard or, if this is not possible, control the risk.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk arising from inadequate or failed internal processes, people’s actions, systems, or from external events, that can cause financial losses, financial reporting misstatements, and/or result in reputational damage. These failures may be incurred while executing processes to meet the Bank’s objectives as operational risk is inherent in all operations and processes.

The Bank has policies and procedures in place to mitigate different aspects of operational risk, including the Bank’s high standards of business ethics and its established system of internal controls. These are supplemented by the Bank’s disaster recovery/contingency planning, the Information Disclosure Policy, client and project integrity due diligence procedures, the procedures for risk management and fiduciary arrangements in projects, and procurement and purchasing policies, among others.

The Bank’s Operational Risk Management and the Internal Control over Financial Reporting (ICFR) functions report to the Chief Risk Officer. The Bank continues to implement its integrated Operational Risk Management Framework (ORMF), which includes conducting the risk and control assessments, identifying key risk indicators, as well as providing training to the business units, in order to enhance its operational risks management.

Internal Controls over Financial Reporting: The Bank follows the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) Internal Control-Integrated Framework (the COSO Framework) for its financial reporting controls. Management has established an annual process to report on the effectiveness of the ICFR, while the external auditors also perform an annual audit and issue an opinion as to the effectiveness of the ICFR.

Management’s report and external auditors’ report on internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 are included with the financial statements.

IT Strategy and Cybersecurity

The technology landscape is evolving at unprecedented speed. Broader access to digital tools, the rise of hybrid work, increasing demands for agility, growing dependencies on third parties, and the emergence of disruptive technologies such as cloud computing, generative AI, robotics, and automation have transformed the role of IT. What once functioned primarily as a support area is now a strategic partner and enabler for institutional performance.

Technology has become fundamental to organizational success. Institutions with high-performing IT functions and sustainable digital transformation programs hold a clear competitive advantage, achieving stronger results and delivering greater value to their customers.

In this context, Management’s IT Strategy 2022–2027, approved by the Board of Executive Directors, charts a path for expanding the IDB’s impact. The strategy focuses on strengthening digital fluency to ensure effective and secure technology use, enhancing agility for improved efficiency, advancing the Bank’s evolution into a data-driven institution, incubating emerging technologies such as generative AI, and modernizing and securing the Bank’s digital landscape.

Two priority areas continue to shape this agenda. First, Generative AI, guided by an institutional taskforce led by the TTD Department, which promotes safe and ethical use, builds training and awareness, and supports experimentation and responsible adoption. This enables the Bank to innovate while maintaining a strong governance and risk-management foundation. Second, Cybersecurity, where the Bank continues to invest in secure remote access, endpoint protection, cloud security, and operational risk management. The IT Strategy highlights the importance of sustained cybersecurity investments and the ability to adjust rapidly, especially through year-round awareness and protection initiatives that strengthen the Bank’s security posture.

 

Page | 55


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Like other financial institutions, the Bank faces an increasing volume of cybersecurity threats. Malware and phishing attacks are mitigated through the Bank’s comprehensive cybersecurity program. Guided by its Information Resources Security Policy and supporting standards, the Bank has adopted a multilayered cybersecurity framework designed to detect malicious activity internally and externally. Technical and procedural controls are regularly reviewed and updated, and user awareness initiatives help manage emerging risks. The Bank periodically assesses the maturity and effectiveness of its cybersecurity defenses and integrates industry best practices, including targeted testing, internal and external audits, incident response exercises, and mandatory staff training. These efforts have led to notable achievements. In 2024, the Bank’s Information Security Management System earned ISO 27001:2022 certification, demonstrating compliance with internationally recognized information security standards. In 2025, the Bank commissioned an external firm to conduct a cybersecurity maturity assessment, which determined that the Bank’s maturity level is on par with that of other multilateral institutions and U.S. financial entities of similar size.

Data Privacy Risk

The Bank’s role as a development partner necessitates the collection and processing of personal data related to project beneficiaries, government counterparts, and employees across LAC. Inadequate protection of this data constitutes a key privacy risk which can quickly escalate to an operational and reputational risk, with the potential to undermine stakeholder trust, and ultimately impact the Bank’s ability to effectively deliver on its development mandate.

To mitigate this risk, the Bank has implemented a robust, institutional-level Privacy Program. The cornerstone of this program is the Personal Data Privacy Policy, approved by the Board of Executive Directors, which provides the guiding principles for consistent personal data handling practices across the institution.

Our strategy is proactive and multi-layered, focusing on: (i) Governance and Accountability: The policy mandates that we establish administrative, technical, and physical safeguards aligned with our business needs and mandates; (ii) Integration with Operational Controls: Privacy principles are being embedded into our core processes. This includes due diligence for projects handling personal data and alignment with the Bank’s information security standards; (iii) Continuous Reinforcement: The privacy program is supported by the ongoing development and implementation of guidelines, procedures, and technology solutions. This structured approach aligns with international standards and best practices adopted by peer Multilateral Development Banks and demonstrates our commitment to being a trusted custodian of personal data.

Access to Information

Effective September 1st, 2025, the new Access to Information Policy took effect following its approval by the Board of Executive Directors in June 2024. The updated Policy reflects the Banks commitment to greater transparency, accountability, and stakeholder engagement, aligning with international best practices. For more information visit the page New access to information policy.

 

Page | 56


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

ADDITIONAL REPORTING AND DISCLOSURE

Basis of Reporting

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported results (see Note B to the financial statements).

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The Bank believes that the relevant significant accounting policies discussed below, used to present its financial results in accordance with GAAP, may involve a high degree of judgment and complexity and relate to matters that are inherently uncertain.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: The Bank uses fair value as the measurement basis for the trading investments portfolio, borrowings elected under the fair value option and all derivatives (mostly interest and currency swaps), and for certain disclosures of financial instruments. The trading investment portfolio, borrowings elected under the fair value option and all derivatives are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and changes in fair value of these financial instruments are included in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings. Details of the Bank’s processes for determining fair value are set out in Note L to the Financial Statements. Also refer to Note B and Note M to the Financial Statements, for additional information.

Estimating fair value requires judgment. The type and level of judgment required is largely dependent on the amount of observable market information available. In determining fair value, the Bank follows the GAAP fair value hierarchy that gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). Substantially all of the Bank’s financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value are based on observable prices and inputs and are classified in levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy. Level 3 investment, borrowing and swap instruments, if any, are valued using Management’s best estimates utilizing available information including (i) external price providers, or broker/dealer prices, where available; when less liquidity exists, a quoted price is out of date or prices among brokers/dealers vary significantly, other valuation techniques may be used, and (ii) discounted cash flow models where market yield curves of other instruments are used as proxies for the instruments’ yield curves, for borrowings and related swaps.

Fair value estimates of instruments using valuation models or other techniques are sensitive to assumptions used for the significant inputs. In periods of extreme market volatility, lessened liquidity or in illiquid markets, there may be more variability in market pricing or a lack of market data to use in the valuation process.

Management believes its measurements of fair value are reasonable given its processes for obtaining and prioritizing observable inputs (i.e., external prices and parameters) and the consistent application of this approach from period to period.

Allowance for developmental assets credit losses The Bank maintains allowances for credit losses on its developmental assets, undisbursed loan commitments and financial guarantees. The allowance reflects Management’s best estimate of expected credit losses in the total portfolio at the balance sheet date based on the current expected credit loss model. The model incorporates the impacts of past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions. The process for determining the allowance for credit losses is discussed in Note B and Note F to the Financial Statements. The Bank’s allowance on the SG portfolio includes consideration of the probability of default of sovereign borrowers, which is primarily based on external credit ratings as of the balance sheet date. Adjustments are made based on past sovereign default events to the Bank, current conditions, and macroeconomic forecasts that may affect a country’s ability to service its obligations to the Bank. For individually assessed loans, key judgements in the discounted cashflow analysis include the full repayment of overdue amounts at the resolution of the nonaccrual event, the expected time a borrower

 

Page | 57


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

will be in nonaccrual status before returning to performing status, and the discount rates used to compute the present value of the expected repayments.

Key judgments used in determining the NSG allowance for credit losses for the collectively assessed loans include borrower risk ratings and transaction specific loss estimates. Borrower risk ratings are converted to point in time term structure probability of default based on various industries, countries, and the state of the credit cycle. Facility-level specific information such as seniority, collateral, industry, guarantees, and jurisdiction are aggregated to develop loss given default estimates. Macroeconomic forecasts are incorporated in the model and can include various scenarios in a reasonable and supportable period, where each scenario represents a different state of the economy. If multiple scenarios are considered, weights are assigned that reflect management’s best estimates of future economic conditions.

For NSG individually assessed loans, including loans in nonaccrual status, the market/collateral values and expected projected cash flows are significant inputs in determining the allowance for credit losses.

Qualitative adjustments, if warranted, are incorporated to address known model or data limitations, significant changes in portfolio composition or lending operations, and uncertainty associated with economic and business conditions. The Bank has a history of fully collecting on contractually due payments from delinquent SG borrowers and expects that each of its SG loans will be repaid consistent with its historical experience. Accordingly, the collective allowance for credit losses related to the sovereign-guaranteed portfolio is not expected to be material. The current balance outstanding from SG borrowers in nonaccrual status is the largest in the Bank’s history. In the event that a sovereign borrower does not repay the Bank, or the actual nonaccrual period is significantly longer than expected, the resulting credit losses can be higher than estimated.

The process of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses for the NSG portfolio requires a high degree of judgment. The use of different estimates or assumptions as well as changes in external factors could produce materially different provisions and allowance levels. Management believes the risk ratings and loss severities currently in use are appropriate based on information currently available.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits The funded status of the Bank’s benefit plans, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation at the measurement date, is recognized on the Balance Sheet. The service component of net periodic benefit cost is reported as part of Administrative expenses in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings. Net actuarial gains and losses and prior service cost, not recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost recorded in Other comprehensive income (loss). For further details, refer to Note B and Note V to the financial statements. Benefit assumptions are significant inputs to the actuarial models that measure benefit obligations and related costs. The underlying actuarial assumptions are based on financial market interest rates, experience, and Management’s best estimate of future benefit changes and economic conditions.

The expected long-term return on plan assets represents Management’s best estimate of the expected long-term (20 years or more) forward-looking rates of return of the asset categories employed by the Bank’s benefit plans, weighted by the plans’ investment policy asset allocations. Accumulated and projected benefit obligations are measured as the present value of expected payments. The discount rate used is selected in reference to the year-end yield of AA-rated U.S. corporate bonds within the approved Financial Times Stock Exchange Pension Liability Index, with maturities that correspond to the payment of benefits. For the assumed rate of U.S. inflation, the Bank has established a process by which a range of inputs is reviewed, including 20-year forward looking expert opinion forecasts, projections from the U.S. Federal Reserve System for 20-year inflation rates, and historical averages for the U.S. Consumer Price Index (CPI). Changes in the actuarial assumptions will impact future benefit costs and obligations (for example, the discount rate has an inverse relationship with benefit costs and obligations). Actuarial gains and losses occur when actual results are different from expected results.

 

Page | 58


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

ADMINISTRATION AND GOVERNANCE OF THE BANK

The Board of Governors

All the powers of the Bank are vested in the Board of Governors, which consists of one Governor and one Alternate Governor appointed by each member country. The Governor or Alternate Governor from each member country exercises the voting power to which that member country is entitled, each member country has 135 votes plus one vote for each voting share of the Bank’s Ordinary Capital stock subscribed by that member. The Agreement, as amended, provides that subscriptions to the capital stock will not become effective if the result would be to reduce the voting power of (i) the regional developing countries below 50.005%; (ii) the United States below 30%; or (iii) Canada below 4% of the total voting power. This permits non-regional members to have a voting power of up to 15.995%, including approximately 5% for Japan. A list of the members at December 31, 2025, showing the voting power and the number of shares subscribed by each member, is set forth in the Schedule of Subscriptions to Capital Stock and Voting Power (see Schedule I-4 to the financial statements). The Board of Governors holds regular annual meetings.

FIGURE 13: Governance Structure

 

LOGO

The Board of Executive Directors

The Board of Executive Directors consists of 14 Directors: one appointed by the United States, one elected by the Governor for Canada, three elected by the Governors for the non-regional member countries, and the remaining nine elected by the Governors for the borrowing member countries. Each Executive Director appoints an Alternate Executive Director who has full power to act for the Executive Director when he or she is not present. Executive Directors serve full-time, generally for three years.

The Board of Governors has delegated to the Board of Executive Directors all its powers except certain powers reserved to the Governors under the Agreement. Each Executive Director is entitled to cast the number of votes of the member country which appointed him or her, or, if elected, the number of votes that counted toward the election. All matters before the Board of Governors and the Board of Executive Directors are decided by a majority of the total voting power of the Bank, except in certain cases provided in the Agreement that require a higher percentage.

 

Page | 59


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

There are six standing committees of the Board of Executive Directors: the Audit Committee; the Budget and Financial Policies Committee; the Organization, Human Resources and Board Matters Committee; the Policy and Evaluation Committee; the Programming Committee; and the Steering Committee.

The Board of Executive Directors, including its Committees, functions in continuous session at the principal offices of the Bank and meets as often as business requires. Unless otherwise decided by the Board, the Committees do not vote on issues before their consideration but rather make, when appropriate, recommendations to the Board of Executive Directors.

The following is a list of the Executive Directors, the member countries by which they were appointed or elected and the Alternates appointed by the Executive Directors as of the date of this Information Statement:

 

Executive Directors

  

Alternates

  

Member Countries

Carlos Eduardo Alvarez Voullieme

(Chile)

  

Roberto Izurieta

(Ecuador)

   Chile and Ecuador

Navita Anganu

(Guyana)

  

Quinton Lightbourne

(Bahamas)

   The Bahamas, Barbados, Guyana, Jamaica and Trinidad and Tobago

Roy Alejandro Barreras Cortes

(Colombia)

  

Alex Alonso Contreras Miranda

(Peru)

   Colombia and Peru

Miguel Braun

(Argentina)

  

Nicolas Camauer

(Argentina)

   Argentina and Haiti
Carlos Javier Charotti Ramirez
(Paraguay)
  

Luis Alberto Porto Rizzo

(Uruguay)

   Bolivia, Paraguay and Uruguay

Karen Cis

(Honduras)

   Xiomara Salome Martinez Ascencio
(El Salvador)
   Belize, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras and Nicaragua
Paulo Guilherme Farah Correa
(Brazil)
  

Marta Viegas

(Brazil)

   Brazil and Suriname

Frank Fass-Metz

(Germany)

  

Alberto Cogliati

(Italy)

   Belgium, China, Germany, Israel, Italy, The Netherlands and Switzerland

Takashi Hanajiri

(Japan)

  

Hiroyuki Tsuruno

(Japan)

   Croatia, Japan, Portugal, the Republic of Korea, Slovenia and United Kingdom
Fernando Jimenez-Ontiveros Diego
(Spain)
   Christina Anna Koelldorfer
(Austria)
   Austria, Denmark, Finland, France, Norway, Spain and Sweden

Jeffrey Kyle Baker (a.i.)

(United States of America)

   *    United States of America

Caroline Leclerc

(Canada)

  

Francis David Hewitt

(Canada)

   Canada
Erick Jose Limas Maldonado
(Mexico)
   Ernesto Alejandro Selman Mejia
(Dominican Republic)
   Dominican Republic and Mexico

Gustavo Tarre Briceño

(Venezuela)

  

Juan Francisco Aleman

(Panama)

   Panama and Venezuela

 

*

Vacant

Audit Committee of the Board of Executive Directors: The primary responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board of Executive Directors in overseeing the Bank’s (i) financial reporting, (ii) risk management and internal control processes, (iii) internal and external audit functions, (iv) communication with and among the External Auditors, Management, the office of the Executive Auditor, the office of Institutional Integrity, and others responsible for risk management and for administering the Bank’s sanctions procedures, and the Board, (v) activities in promoting institutional integrity, including with regard to matters involving fraud and corruption practices, and the fiduciary aspects of the Bank’s policies and activities. The Committee has responsibility for reviewing the performance of and recommending to the Board of Executive Directors (which, in turn, recommends to the Board of Governors) the appointment of the external auditor, as well as monitoring the external auditor’s

 

Page | 60


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

independence. The Committee also participates in the oversight of the internal audit function, including reviewing responsibilities, staffing, the annual internal audit plan and the effectiveness of the internal control audit function. The Audit Committee, which includes all the members of the Board of Executive Directors, meets regularly and as circumstances dictate, and may meet periodically in executive sessions with the Bank’s Management and the internal and external auditors. The Audit Committee may seek advice and assistance from external advisors as it deems appropriate to fulfill its duties and responsibilities.

Office of Evaluation and Oversight: The Office of Evaluation and Oversight, which reports directly to the Board of Executive Directors, undertakes independent and systematic evaluations of the Bank’s strategies, policies, programs, activities, delivery support functions and systems, and disseminates the findings of such evaluations so that recommendations for improvement can be used in new operations. The Office of Evaluation and Oversight also provides oversight and support for the enhancement of the effectiveness of the Bank’s evaluation system.

On October 16, 2024, the Board of Executive Directors approved an amendment (effective January 1, 2025) to the Bank’s Basic Organization that aligns with the Bank’s Institutional Strategy. The Principal Officers section below has been updated to reflect such changes.

Principal Officers: The President is elected by the Board of Governors and is the institution’s chief executive officer. Under the direction of the Board of Executive Directors, the President conducts the ordinary business of the Bank, assisted by the Executive Vice President and four Vice Presidents. The President also serves as the presiding officer at meetings of the Board of Executive Directors, and has no vote at such meetings, except when his vote is needed to break a tie.

The Executive Vice President is elected by the Board of Executive Directors and functions as the chief operating officer, supervising the four Vice Presidents and the senior staff. Under the direction of the Board of Executive Directors and the President, the Executive Vice President exercises such authority and performs such functions in the administration of the Bank as may be determined by the Board of Executive Directors and, in the absence or incapacity of the President, exercises the authority and performs the functions of the President.

The Vice President for Countries and Regional Integration, the Vice President for Sectors and Knowledge, the Vice President for Finance and Administration, and the Vice President for Human Resources and Digital Transformation are appointed by the Board of Executive Directors on the recommendation of the President of the Bank, and report to the Executive Vice President. Under the direction of the Board of Executive Directors, the President and the Executive Vice President, the Vice Presidents undertake the following responsibilities:

 

   

The Vice President for Countries and Regional Integration, is responsible for leading the dialogue and relationship of the Bank with all 26 borrowing member countries, assisted by four operations departments, and 26 country offices and the Operations Financial Management and Procurement Services Office. In the absence or incapacity of the President and the Executive Vice President, the Vice President for Countries and Regional Integration exercises the authority and performs the functions of the President.

 

   

The Vice President for Sectors and Knowledge is responsible for developing knowledge focusing on emerging development challenges; developing the level of sector knowledge of countries and regions necessary to support member countries in the design and execution of their development projects and for the promotion of integration and trade; developing and supporting the execution of programs and projects; disseminating and training on Bank knowledge and sector expertise to member countries; and developing a demand-driven learning program for staff skills in support of business needs.

 

   

The Vice President for Finance and Administration is responsible for mobilizing and managing the Bank’s financial resources and the provision of support services, ensuring effective, efficient performance by financial and administrative staff.

 

Page | 61


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

   

The Vice President for Human Resources and Digital Transformation is responsible for managing the Bank’s human resource and information technology assets, ensuring their alignment with the Bank’s highest-level strategic objectives.

 

Page | 62


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

The following is a list of the principal officers of the Bank as of the date of this Information Statement:

 

Ilan Goldfajn    President
Jordan Schwartz    Executive Vice President
Anabel Gonzalez    Vice President for Countries and Regional Integration
Ana Maria Ibañez Londoño    Vice President for Sectors and Knowledge
Gabriel Yorio Gonzalez    Vice President for Finance and Administration
Pilar Giron Davila    Vice President for Human Resources and Digital Transformation
Laura Alfaro    Chief Economist and Economic Counsellor, Department of Research and Chief Economist
Morgan Doyle    General Manager, Country Department Southern Cone
Miguel Coronado    General Manager, Country Department Andean Group
Tomas Bermudez    General Manager, Country Department Central America, Haiti, Mexico, Panama and the Dominican Republic
Anton Edmunds    General Manager, Country Department Caribbean Group
Gerardo M. Corrochano    Secretary of the Bank
Lawrence J. Sacks    Manager, External Affairs and Communications Department
John Scott    General Manager and General Counsel, Legal Department
Gustavo De Rosa    General Manager and Chief Financial Officer, Finance Department
Alexandre Meira da Rosa    General Manager and Chief Development Effectiveness Officer, Office of Strategic Planning and Development Effectiveness
Diego Murguiondo    General Manager, Budget and Administrative Services Department
Beatriz Lopez-Galvis    General Manager, Human Resources Department
Jean-Michel Baudoin    General Manager and Chief Information Officer, Technology and Transformation Department
Graham Macmillan    General Manager, Office of the Multilateral Investment Fund
Andre Soares    Chief, Office of the Presidency
Alberto Rivera-Fournier    Chief, Office of Ethics
Andrea Repetto Vargas    Director, Independent Consultation and Investigation Mechanism
Amanda Glassman    Executive Advisor, Office of the Presidency
Chiaki Yamamoto    Chief Advisor, Office of the Executive Vice President
Tomas Serebrisky    Sector Manager, Infrastructure and Energy Sector
Ferdinando Regalia    Sector Manager, Social Sector
Emilio Pineda    Sector Manager, Institutions for Development Sector
Juan Pablo Bonilla    Sector Manager, Climate Change and Sustainable Development Sector
Fabrizio Opertti    Sector Manager, Productivity, Trade and Innovation Sector
Matias Bendersky    Manager, Global Partnerships Office
Avinash Persaud    Special Advisor on Climate Change, Office of the Special Advisor on Climate Change
Diana Rodriguez Franco    Special Advisor on Gender and Diversity, Office of the Special Advisor on Gender and Diversity
Marialisa Motta    Director of the Office of Evaluation and Oversight
Søren Elbech    Chief Risk Officer, Office of Risk Management
Matthew Fowler    Chief, Office of Institutional Integrity
Alan Ryuta Kato    Executive Auditor, Office of the Executive Auditor

Ethical Matters

The Bank fosters an ethical work environment for its staff and is committed to safeguarding the activities financed by the Bank from fraud and corruption.

 

Page | 63


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

Codes of Ethics: The Bank requires highly qualified, dedicated, and motivated employees to maintain the highest standards of integrity. To help preserve these institutional standards, the Bank has a Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct that applies to all employees. This Code, which is available on the Bank’s website: IDB Code of Ethics, contains expected norms concerning respect in the workplace, conflicts of interest, and prohibited practices, among other matters.

In 2025, this Code was updated to include new core values, a fresh format, and a focus on psychological safety as a key part of our ethical culture. It also expanded and clarified supervisor responsibilities and added updates on various issues to reflect peer-leading practices since the last revision in 2012.

The Bank also has a separate Code of Conduct applicable to the Executive Directors. This Code, which is also available on the Bank’s website: Code of conduct Executive Directors sets forth guiding principles comparable to those governing employees adapted to the unique role of Executive Directors.

The Bank has an Ethics Officer for oversight of ethical matters for Bank employees, and a Board Conduct Committee for matters concerning Executive Directors.

Office of Institutional Integrity: The Office of Institutional Integrity (OII), an independent unit reporting to the President and the Audit Committee, has a central role in the IDB’s commitment to integrity through its mandate of investigating information in connection with prohibited practices in IDB financed activities as defined in the Sanctions Procedures, as well as conducting prevention activities designed to identify and manage the risk that prohibited practices or similar misconduct may occur in IDB financed operations. Additionally, OII serves as the Bank’s Compliance Office for Anti-Money Laundering (AML) and Combating the Finance of Terrorism (CFT), AML/CFT, and as an advisory resource in the management of the IDB’s AML/CFT risks. Allegations of corrupt or fraudulent activities involving IDB financed activities may be reported to OII in person, by telephone, e-mail, facsimile, regular mail, or through the anonymous complaint form available on the Bank’s website: https://cuentame.iadb.org/. Such allegations may be made confidentially or anonymously.

External Auditors

General: The Board of Governors appoints the external auditors. In December 2021, the Board of Governors appointed Ernst & Young, LLP (EY) as the External Auditors of the Bank for the five-year period 2022-2026, following a competitive bidding process.

Contracted fees for audit services provided to the Bank by EY in connection with the 2025 financial statement and internal control audits amount to $1,396,837. In addition, EY was paid $91,170 during 2025 for services related to bond issuances. EY also provides audit services to trust funds administered by the Bank and to the Bank’s staff retirement benefit plans, for which estimated contract fees related to the 2025 audits are $757,980.

The external auditor may provide certain non-audit related services subject to monetary limits. The total non-audit services fees over the five-year term of the relevant external audit contract shall not exceed 70% of the audit fees over the same period. The fees related to non-audit services provided by EY in 2025 totaled $857,363. Management monitors this limit against an estimated total expected audit fee when approving non-audit services provided by EY.

External Auditors’ Independence: The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other matters, assisting the Board of Executive Directors in overseeing the external audit function, including ensuring external auditors’ independence.

The Agreement Establishing the Bank

The Agreement sets forth the Bank’s purpose and functions, and its capital structure and organization. The Agreement outlines the operations in which the Bank may engage and prescribes limitations on these operations. The Agreement also establishes the status, immunities and privileges of the Bank and provides for the disposition of the currencies available to the Bank, the withdrawal and suspension of members and the suspension and termination of the Bank’s operations.

 

Page | 64


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

The Agreement provides that it may be amended only by decision of the Board of Governors by a majority of the total number of Governors, including two-thirds of the Governors of regional members, representing not less than three-fourths of the total voting power of the member countries. The unanimous agreement of the Board of Governors is required for the approval of any amendment modifying the right to withdraw from the Bank, the right to purchase capital stock of the Bank and to contribute to the FSO, and the limitation on liability. The Agreement provides that any question of interpretation of its provisions arising between any member and the Bank or among members of the Bank shall be submitted to the Board of Executive Directors for decision. Such decision may then be submitted to the Board of Governors, whose decision shall be final. Although any member may withdraw from the Bank by delivering written notice of its intention to do so, any such member remains liable for all direct and contingent obligations to the Bank to which it was subject at the date of delivery of the notice.

Copies of the Agreement are available for inspection and distribution at the Bank’s office in Washington, D.C. The full text of the Agreement is also available on the Bank’s website https://www.iadb.org/en/who-we-are/how-we-are-organized/legal-department/legal-resource-center

Legal Status, Immunities and Privileges

The following is a summary of the principal provisions of the Agreement relating to the legal status, immunities and privileges of the Bank in the territories of its members.

The Bank possesses juridical personality and has full capacity to contract, to acquire and dispose of immovable and movable property, and to institute legal proceedings. Actions may be brought against the Bank only in a court of competent jurisdiction in the territories of a member in which the Bank has an office, has appointed an agent for the purpose of accepting service or notice of process, or has issued or guaranteed debt securities. No action shall be brought against the Bank by members or persons acting for or deriving claims from members.

The property and assets of the Bank are immune from all forms of seizure, attachment or execution before the delivery of final judgment against the Bank. Such property and assets are also immune from search, requisition, confiscation, expropriation or any other form of taking or foreclosure by executive or legislative action. The archives of the Bank are inviolable. The Governors, Executive Directors, their Alternates, officers and employees of the Bank are immune from legal process with respect to acts performed by them in their official capacity, except when the Bank waives this immunity.

The Bank, its property, other assets, income and the operations and transactions it carries out pursuant to the Agreement are immune from all taxation and from all customs duties in its member countries. The Bank is also immune from any other obligation relating to the payment, withholding or collection of any tax or duty.

Under the Agreement, debt securities issued by the Bank and the interest thereon are not subject to any tax by a member i) which discriminates against such debt securities solely because they are issued by the Bank, or ii) if the sole jurisdictional basis for such taxation is the place or currency in which such debt securities are issued, made payable or paid, or the location of any office or place of business maintained by the Bank.

IDB GRANT FACILITY

In 2007, the Board of Governors approved the creation of the GRF for the purpose of making grants appropriate for dealing with special circumstances arising in specific countries or with respect to specific projects. The GRF is currently funded by income transfers from the Ordinary Capital. For further information, refer to Financial results section.

In April 2020, the Board of Executive Directors approved retroactively the transfer of all assets of the Intermediate Financing Facility Account (IFF) to the GRF, amounting to approximately $51 million, and the termination of the IFF as of January 1, 2020. The interest subsidy payments payable by the IFF were

 

Page | 65


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

transferred to the GRF upon the transfer of all assets and liabilities from the IFF. The GRF continues making subsidy payments in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the corresponding loan contracts, until reaching the amount of assets transferred by the IFF to the GRF ($51 million). In addition, GRF has offered to settle all future obligations against a one-time lump-sum payment. This offer was accepted by some clients and already implemented. Any balance from the original IFF resources after satisfying all payment obligations will be kept in the GRF.

In 2023, the Board of Governors approved an expansion of the use of the IDB Grant Facility to finance the Biodiversity and Climate-Linked Mechanism for Ambition (IDB CLIMA) pilot program. This pilot program is an innovative financial approach that rewards borrowers for achieving biodiversity and climate objectives, and it is a first among MDBs. The reward is provided in the form of price incentives, in the amount of 5% of the IDB loan principal up to $50 million. The program will support a maximum of 10 projects, with up to $1 billion in loans from the Bank.

In March 2025, the Board of Governors approved income transfers from the Bank to the GRF amounting to $164 million (2024 - $159 million). Total grants from the GRF for which a disbursement request has been approved during 2025 amounted to $196 million (2024- $159 million).

FUNDS UNDER ADMINISTRATION

General

In addition to its Ordinary Capital, and the GRF, the Bank administers funds held in trust on behalf of donors, such as member countries, other international organizations, and other entities, for purposes consistent with the Bank’s objectives of promoting economic and social development in its regional developing member countries. These funds are mainly used to co-finance Bank lending projects (including guarantees), to make non-reimbursable loans and other financings (which are accounted for as grants), and to fund technical assistance activities, including project preparation and training.

The funds under administration are held in trust separately from Bank assets. As of December 31, 2025, the Bank administered resources on behalf of donors of approximately $5,338 million. During 2025, the Bank recognized income of $14 million for the administration and expense reimbursements related to services performed on behalf of these funds.

IDB Lab

The Multilateral Investment Fund or MIF (IDB Lab(6)) is a fund administered by the Bank. The general purpose of MIF is to promote sustainable development through the private sector by identifying, supporting, testing and piloting new solutions to development challenges and seeking to create opportunities for the poor and vulnerable populations in the regional developing member countries of the Bank and the developing member countries of the Caribbean Development Bank (the CDB).

On March 10, 2024, the Boards of Governors of the IDB and IDB Invest and the Donors Committee of IDB Lab approved the Agreement Establishing the Multilateral Investment Fund IV (MIF IV Agreement) and the Agreement for the Administration of the Multilateral Investment Fund IV (MIF IV Administration Agreement) (collectively, the MIF IV Agreements). The MIF IV Agreements established a multisource funding model under which new direct donor contributions are complemented by the distribution of IDB capital to applicable shareholders and the subsequent transfer of such distributions, on behalf of those shareholders, to IDB Lab. Total direct contribution pledges to MIF IV amounted to $205 million. In addition, distributions and transfers of IDB capital on behalf of applicable donors are capped at $200 million and are expected to be disbursed to IDB Lab in annual installments over a seven-year period from 2026 through 2032.

The MIF IV Agreements became effective on December 12, 2025, when the required minimum direct contribution threshold of 60% established in the MIF IV Agreements was met. All assets and liabilities of

 
(6) 

In October 2018, the Multilateral Investment Fund (MIF) changed its brand from MIF to IDB Lab. This rebranding did not entail a change in its legal name.

 

Page | 66


Table of Contents

Information Statement

Inter-American Development Bank

 

 

the MIF III are governed by the MIF IV upon the MIF IV Agreements becoming effective. As of December 31, 2025, donors representing 61% of total direct contributions to MIF IV deposited their instruments of acceptance and contribution.

IDB INVEST

The activities of the Bank are complemented by those of IDB Invest(7). IDB Invest is a separate international organization, with a separate governance structure, including a separate Board of Governors and Board of Executive Directors, whose 48 member countries are also members of the Bank. The purpose of IDB Invest is to promote the economic development of its regional developing member countries by encouraging the establishment, expansion and modernization of private enterprises, preferably those of small and medium-sized scale. The funds of IDB Invest are separate from those of the Bank.

 
(7) 

In November 2017, the Inter-American Investment Corporation (IIC) changed its brand from IIC to IDB Invest. This rebranding did not entail a change in its legal name.

 

Page | 67


Table of Contents


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   69
 

 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT REGARDING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF INTERNAL CONTROL

OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

February 18, 2026

The Management of the Inter-American Development Bank (Bank) is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting in the Bank. Management has assessed and evaluated the internal control over financial reporting of the Bank’s Ordinary Capital in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, using the criteria for effective internal control established in the Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Management has assessed and evaluated the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting of the Bank’s Ordinary Capital as of December 31, 2025. Based on this assessment, Management believes that the Bank’s Ordinary Capital’s internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2025.

There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control system, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even an effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time.

The effectiveness of the Bank’s Ordinary Capital’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their accompanying report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s Ordinary Capital’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025.

 

LOGO

Ilan Goldfajn

President

 

LOGO

Gabriel Yorio González

Vice President for Finance and Administration

 

LOGO

Gustavo De Rosa

General Manager and Chief Financial Officer


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   70
 

 

LOGO   

 

Ernst & Young LLP 1101 New York Ave NW #300

Washington, DC 20005

  

 

Tel: +1 202 327 6000

Fax: +1 202 327 6200

ey.com

Report of Independent Auditors

To the Board of Governors of the Inter-American Development Bank

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited the Inter-American Development Bank – Ordinary Capital’s (the Bank’s) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in the Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, the Bank maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2025, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAS), the financial statements of the Inter-American Development Bank – Ordinary Capital, which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related statements of income and retained earnings, comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”), and our report dated February 18, 2026 expressed an unmodified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with GAAS. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting section of our report. We are required to be independent of the Bank and to meet our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the relevant ethical requirements relating to our audit. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Responsibilities of Management for Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for designing, implementing, and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment about the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report Regarding the Effectiveness of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion on internal control over financial reporting. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not absolute assurance and therefore is not a guarantee that an audit of internal control over financial reporting conducted in accordance with GAAS will always detect a material weakness when it exists.

In performing an audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with GAAS, we:

 

   

Exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit.

 

   

Obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assess the risks that a material weakness exists, and test and evaluate the design and operating effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the assessed risk.

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   71
 

 

LOGO

Definition and Inherent Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

An entity’s internal control over financial reporting is a process effected by those charged with governance, management, and other personnel, designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation of reliable financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. An entity’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the entity; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the entity are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and those charged with governance; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention, or timely detection and correction, of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the entity’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent, or detect and correct, misstatements. Also, projections of any assessment of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

February 18, 2026


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   72
 

 

LOGO   

 

Ernst & Young LLP 1101 New York Ave NW #300

Washington, DC 20005

  

 

Tel: +1 202 327 6000

Fax: +1 202 327 6200

ey.com

Report of Independent Auditors

To the Board of Governors of the Inter-American Development Bank

Opinion

We have audited the financial statements of the Inter-American Development Bank – Ordinary Capital (the Bank), which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related statements of income and retained earnings, comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”).

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Bank at December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAS), Inter-American Development Bank – Ordinary Capital’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in the Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 18, 2026 expressed an unmodified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audits in accordance with (GAAS. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are required to be independent of the Bank and to meet our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the relevant ethical requirements relating to our audits. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Responsibilities of Management for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, management is required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Bank’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year after the date that the financial statements are available to be issued.

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   73
 

 

LOGO

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not absolute assurance and therefore is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with GAAS will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. Misstatements are considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that, individually or in the aggregate, they would influence the judgment made by a reasonable user based on the financial statements.

In performing an audit in accordance with GAAS, we:

 

   

Exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit.

 

   

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.

 

   

Obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assess the risks that a material weakness exists, and test and evaluate the design and operating effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the assessed risk.

 

   

Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluate the overall presentation of the financial statements.

 

   

Conclude whether, in our judgment, there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Bank’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time.

We are required to communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit, significant audit findings, and certain internal control-related matters that we identified during the audit.

Other Information

Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Information Statement of the Inter-American Development Bank – Ordinary Capital at December 31, 2025 but does not include the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information, and we do not express an opinion or any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and consider whether a material inconsistency exists between the other information and the financial statements, or the other information otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work performed, we conclude that an uncorrected material misstatement of the other information exists, we are required to describe it in our report.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   74
 

 

LOGO

Supplementary Information

Our audits were conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the financial statements as a whole. The Schedules I-1 through I-4 are presented for purposes of additional analysis and are not a required part of the financial statements. Such information is the responsibility of management and was derived from and relates directly to the underlying accounting and other records used to prepare the financial statements. The information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audits of the financial statements and certain additional procedures, including comparing and reconciling such information directly to the underlying accounting and other records used to prepare the financial statements or to the financial statements themselves, and other additional procedures in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. In our opinion, the information is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the financial statements as a whole.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

February 18, 2026


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   75
 

 

ORDINARY CAPITAL

INTER-AMERICAN DEVELOPMENT BANK

BALANCE SHEETS

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     December 31,  
     2025      2024  

ASSETS

         

Cash and investments

         

Cash - Note N

   $ 778        $ 836    

Investments - Trading - Notes C, M and N

     36,859     $ 37,637        34,826     $ 35,662  
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Securities purchased under resale agreements - Note K

       500          —   

Developmental Assets

         

Loans outstanding - Notes D, F and N

     117,747          115,812    

Allowance for credit losses - Note F

     (878        (784  

Deferred loan origination fees and costs, net

     83       116,952        78       115,106  
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Debt securities - Notes E and N

         

Measured at fair value - Note J

     38          113    

Measured at amortized cost

     456          519    

Allowance for credit losses - Note F

     (27     467        (19     613  
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Derivative assets, net - Notes L, M, N and U

       1,486          350  

Accrued interest and other charges

         

On loans outstanding

     1,267          1,305    

On others

     6       1,273        9       1,314  
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Other assets

         

Receivable for investment securities sold

     117          188    

Property, net - Note H

     479          458    

Assets under retirement benefit plans - Note V

     1,173          897    

Miscellaneous - Note D

     877       2,646        780       2,323  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     $ 160,961        $ 155,368  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

         

Liabilities

         

Borrowings - Notes I, J, L, M, N and U

         

Short-term

   $ 1,594        $ 3,314    

Medium- and long-term:

         

Measured at fair value

     87,804          81,891    

Measured at amortized cost

     27,718     $ 117,116        26,731     $ 111,936  
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Derivative liabilities, net - Notes L, M, N and U

       463          1,347  

Payable for investment securities purchased

       116          155  

Due to IDB Grant Facility - Note P

       101          136  

Accrued interest on borrowings at amortized cost

       185          210  

Undisbursed strategic development programs - Note Q

       279          251  

Other liabilities - Notes D, L and M

       1,046          943  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities

       119,306          114,978  

Equity

         

Capital stock - Note R

         

Subscribed (14,170,108 shares)

     170,940          170,940    

Less callable portion

     (164,901        (164,901  

Additional paid-in capital

     5,815          5,815    
  

 

 

      

 

 

   
     11,854          11,854    

Receivable from members - Note G

     (812        (830  

Retained earnings - Note S

     29,371          27,730    

Accumulated other comprehensive income - Note T

     1,242       41,655        1,636       40,390  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

     $ 160,961        $ 155,368  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   76
 

 

ORDINARY CAPITAL

INTER-AMERICAN DEVELOPMENT BANK

STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2025     2024     2023  

Interest Income

      

Interest on developmental assets, after swaps - Notes D, L and U

   $ 5,807     $ 6,583     $ 6,469  

Interest on investments

     1,841       2,005       1,866  

Interest on other asset/liability management derivatives

     (147     (327     (286
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     7,501       8,261       8,049  

Borrowing Expenses

      

Interest on borrowings, after swaps - Notes I, J, L, and M

     (5,590     (6,342     (6,020

Other borrowing costs

     (17     (17     (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (5,607     (6,359     (6,041

Interest income, net of borrowing expenses

     1,894       1,902       2,008  

Net investments gains (losses) - Notes C and L

     65       6       21  

Provision for developmental assets credit losses - Note F

     (111     (7     (61

Non-interest income

      

Other loan income

     114       115       117  

Other income

     99       62       72  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     213       177       189  

Non-interest expense

      

Administrative expenses

     (942     (913     (841

Strategic development programs - Note Q

     (152     (157     (109
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,094     (1,070     (950

Operating Income

     967       1,008       1,207  

Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions - Notes J, L and U

     617       281       (101

Other components of net pension benefit cost (credit) - Note V

     221       166       213  

Board of Governors approved transfers - Note P

     (164     (159     (140
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     1,641       1,296       1,179  

Retained earnings, beginning of year

     27,730       26,577       25,470  

Distributions on behalf of shareholders - Note Z

     —        (143     (72
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retained earnings, end of year

   $ 29,371     $ 27,730     $ 26,577  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   77
 

 

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2025     2024     2023  

Net income

   $ 1,641     $ 1,296     $ 1,179  

Other comprehensive income (loss) - Note T

      

Reclassification to income (loss)- amortization of net actuarial losses and prior service credit on retirement benefit plans - Note V

     (61     (17     (55

Net fair value adjustments on borrowings attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk - Note U

     (459     (138     23  

Recognition of changes in assets/liabilities under retirement benefit plans - Note V

     126       563       (109
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     (394     408       (141
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 1,247     $ 1,704     $ 1,038  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   78
 

 

ORDINARY CAPITAL

INTER-AMERICAN DEVELOPMENT BANK

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2025     2024     2023  

Cash flows from developmental and investing activities

      

Developmental activities:

      

Loan disbursements

   $ (10,955   $ (9,004   $ (11,012

Loan collections

     10,440       7,602       8,161  

Purchases of debt securities

     —        —        (75

Collections of debt securities

     224       152       35  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in developmental activities

     (291     (1,250     (2,891

Purchases of property, net

     (77     (64     (46

Miscellaneous assets and liabilities, net

     (30     48       27  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) developmental and investing activities

     (398     (1,266     (2,910
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Medium- and long-term borrowings:

      

Proceeds from issuance

     21,547       21,381       18,818  

Repayments

     (18,843     (18,759     (18,514

Short-term borrowings:

      

Proceeds from issuance

     76,436       27,016       17,197  

Repayments

     (78,170     (25,907     (15,999

Cash collateral (paid) returned

     60       139       (147

Distributions paid on behalf of shareholders

     —        (143     (77
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     1,030       3,727       1,278  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Gross purchases of trading investments

     (63,555     (62,373     (38,502

Gross proceeds from sale or maturity of trading investments

     62,785       59,057       38,968  

Securities purchased under resale agreements

     (500     -       -  

Developmental assets income collections, after swaps

     6,150       6,808       6,219  

Interest and other costs of borrowings, after swaps

     (5,809     (6,423     (5,649

Income from investments

     1,527       1,703       1,561  

Interest on other asset/liability management derivatives

     (193     (322     (178

Other income

     104       75       76  

Administrative expenses

     (868     (828     (786

Transfers to the IDB Grant Facility

     (196     (158     (159

Strategic development programs

     (124     (120     (121
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (679     (2,581     1,429  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on Cash

     (11     (40     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in Cash

     (58     (160     (209

Cash, beginning of year

     836       996       1,205  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of year

   $ 778     $ 836     $ 996  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   79
 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE A – ORIGIN

The Inter-American Development Bank (Bank or IDB) is an international organization established in December 1959 and owned by its member countries. These members include 26 borrowing member countries and 22 non-borrowing member countries. The Bank works to improve lives in Latin America and the Caribbean, and its objective is to achieve economic and social development in a sustainable, climate friendly way, primarily by providing loans, concessional lending and related technical assistance for specific projects and for programs of economic reform. The primary activities of the Bank are conducted through the Ordinary Capital and the IDB Grant Facility (GRF). The GRF’s purpose is to make grants to respond to special circumstances arising in specific countries or with respect to specific projects; as well as to subsidize part of the interest payments for which certain borrowers are liable on loans approved from the Ordinary Capital up to December 31, 2006. These financial statements pertain solely to the Ordinary Capital.

NOTE B – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP). The preparation of such financial statements requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant judgments have been made in the valuation of certain financial instruments measured at fair value, the estimation of allowances for credit losses on developmental assets, and the determination of the benefit obligations of the pension and postretirement benefit plans, the fair value of plan assets, and the net periodic benefit cost associated with these plans. Certain prior years’ information has been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Accounting Developments

In November 2024, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Topic 220), which requires disaggregated disclosure of income statement expenses for all public business entities. The ASU requires disaggregation of certain expense captions into specified categories within the notes to the financial statements, without changing the current presentation requirements of expenses on the face of the income statement. In January 2025, FASB issued ASU 2025-01 to clarify the effective date of ASU 2024-03. For the Bank, this ASU is effective for annual reporting periods ending on or after December 31, 2027, and for interim periods within subsequent annual reporting periods. The Bank is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its financial statements.

In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-07, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) and Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which (i) granted a scope exception to the application of derivative accounting to contracts with features based on the operations or activities of one of the parties to the contract, and (ii) clarified the application of Topic 606 guidance when share-based noncash consideration is received from a customer for the transfer of goods or services. For the Bank, this ASU is effective for annual reporting periods ending on or after December 31, 2027, and for interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Bank early adopted this ASU effective January 1, 2026, and there was no effect on its financial statements.

In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-11, Interim Reporting (Topic 270), which clarifies when interim disclosure guidance applies, improves the navigability of required interim disclosures, and provides additional direction on what disclosures should be included in interim reporting periods. For the Bank, this ASU is effective from the quarter ending March 31, 2028. The Bank is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2025-11 and does not expect it to have a material effect on its financial statements.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   80
 

 

Cash

Cash includes only demand deposits and cash on hand in United States dollars and local currencies with other financial institutions in various countries. Local currencies are translated into United States dollars at market exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date.

Currency Accounting

The financial statements are expressed in United States dollars, which is also the Bank’s functional currency. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the United States dollars (U.S. dollars) are translated into U.S. dollars at market exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Income and expenses are translated either at the market exchange rates in effect on the recognition dates or at the average market exchange rates in effect during each month. Net translation adjustments or all currencies are recorded in Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings except for currency holdings derived from paid-in capital stock that are subject to maintenance of value, as described below.

Valuation and Recognition of Capital Stock

The Agreement Establishing the Inter-American Development Bank (Agreement) stipulates that capital stock be expressed in terms of the United States dollar of the weight and fineness in effect on January 1, 1959, whose par value was defined in terms of gold (the 1959 United States dollar). The Second Amendment to the Articles of Agreement of the International Monetary Fund eliminated par values of currencies in terms of gold, effective April 1, 1978. The Bank’s General Counsel opined that the Special Drawing Right (SDR), introduced by the International Monetary Fund, became the successor to the 1959 United States dollar as the standard of value for the Bank’s capital stock, and for maintaining the value of its currency holdings. The SDR’s value equals the sum of the values of specific amounts of stated currencies (the basket method), including the United States dollar. Absent a decision by the Bank’s governing boards and as suggested in the General Counsel’s opinion, the Bank continues to use the 1959 United States dollar as valued in terms of United States dollars immediately before the introduction of the basket method of valuing the SDR on July 1, 1974 (the 1974 United States dollar). The 1959 United States dollar equals approximately 1.2063 of the 1974 United States dollars, or one SDR (1974 SDR).

Member countries submit instruments of subscription committing to subscribe paid-in and callable capital stock according to the corresponding capital replenishment. Paid-in and callable capital subscriptions are recorded on the effective date of each installment, as provided in the replenishments. Capital subscriptions receivable is deducted from capital stock on the Balance Sheet, while subscriptions paid in advance are recorded as a liability until the effective date of the related installment.

Additional paid-in capital (APIC) of $5,812 million was recognized when all assets and liabilities of the Fund for Special Operations (FSO), an entity established by the Agreement, were transferred to the Bank in January 2017 pursuant to the Board of Governors’ approval. The transfer did not increase the Bank’s capital stock shares or member subscriptions, nor did it impact the nominal values of existing capital stock or voting rights. APIC represents an increase in the value of members’ existing equity shares in the Bank. In the unlikely event of a member withdrawal or termination of the Bank’s operations, APIC would be subordinate to paid-in capital, would not be subject to retained earnings allocation, and would be distributed to the Bank’s shareholders based on their respective shares of the FSO net assets transferred.

Maintenance of Value (MOV)

In accordance with the Agreement, each member is required to maintain the value of its currency held in the Ordinary Capital, except for currency derived from borrowings. Similarly, the Bank is required to return to a member an amount of its currency equal to any significant increase in the value of such currency held, excluding currency derived from borrowings. The standard of value for these purposes is the United States dollar of the weight and fineness in effect on January 1, 1959.

Amounts related to MOV receivables on member countries’ currency holdings are presented on the Balance Sheet as a reduction of Equity.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   81
 

 

Board of Governors’ Approved Transfers

In accordance with the Agreement, the Board of Governors may authorize transfers of Ordinary Capital income to other accounts administered by the Bank (currently only the GRF). These transfers, referred to as “Board of Governors’ approved transfers”, are reported as expenses when incurred, upon approval of disbursement, and are funded in accordance with the GRF funding requirements. The undisbursed portion of approved transfers is presented under Due to IDB Grant Facility on the Balance Sheet.

Distributions to the shareholders of the Bank that were approved by the Board of Governors for concurrent capital contributions to the Inter-American Investment Corporation (IDB Invest), a separate international organization whose 48 member countries are also members of the Bank, were recorded as deductions from Retained earnings in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings.

Retained Earnings

Retained earnings comprise the general reserve and the special reserve. The general reserve consists of income from prior years retained to cover potential annual excesses of expenses over income.

The special reserve consists of loan commissions set aside pursuant to the Agreement and held in investments. These investments may be used only to meet liabilities on borrowings and guarantees in the event of defaults on loans made, participated in, or guaranteed with Ordinary Capital resources. The allocation of such commissions to the special reserve was discontinued in 1998.

Investments

All investment securities and related derivative instruments (mostly interest rate and foreign currency swaps) are designated as a trading portfolio and recorded in accordance with trade-date accounting. The Bank also invests in other short-term instruments, such as money market securities, which are classified as part of its investment portfolio. All investment securities and derivative instruments are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in Net investments gains (losses) in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings.

Repurchase and resale agreements

In a repurchase or repo agreement, the Bank transfers securities to a counterparty in exchange for cash, and concurrently agrees to repurchase those securities at a future date for an amount equal to the cash exchanged plus a stipulated interest factor. In a resale, or reverse repo agreement, the Bank purchases securities with an agreement to resell them to the counterparty at a stated price plus interest on a specified date. The Bank enters into short-term repurchase and resale agreements to manage liquidity and as money market instruments within its investment portfolio.

All repurchase and resale transactions are executed with approved counterparties under enforceable global master repurchase agreements and are subject to enforceable master netting agreements. All contracts have a maximum maturity of three months. The Bank delivers securities sold under repurchase agreements and receives securities purchased under resale agreements into custody accounts at an approved third-party custodian. The securities purchased or sold in resale and repurchase agreements are limited to U.S. Treasury securities with maturities of up to 5.5 years. For resale agreements, the Bank receives collateral in the form of liquid securities, which are not further leveraged.

Repurchase and resale agreements primarily expose the Bank to credit risk if a counterparty fails to meet its obligations. Other risks include refinancing, reinvestment, and operational risks. These risks are managed through a comprehensive risk management framework that ensures exposures remain within acceptable limits, including counterparty and maturity limits and collateral requirements. Furthermore, the value of pledged collateral is monitored daily to ensure it remains within acceptable thresholds and levels are adjusted as needed.

The securities transferred under repurchase and resale agreements do not meet the accounting criteria for sale recognition as they remain subject to the commitment to be repurchased or resold at a future date. Accordingly, the Bank accounts for these agreements as collateralized borrowings. Securities transferred under repurchase agreements remain on the Balance Sheet as assets, while securities received under resale agreements are not recorded on the Balance Sheet. Repurchase and resale


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   82
 

 

agreements are carried at face value, which approximates fair value due to their short-term nature and minimal credit risk. These agreements are presented on a gross basis on the Balance Sheet. Interest income and expense from resale and repurchase agreements are included in Interest on investments and Interest on borrowings, after swaps in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings, respectively.

Developmental assets - Loans

The Bank provides loans to its developing member countries, their agencies or political subdivisions, and to private enterprises conducting projects within their territories. For sovereign-guaranteed (SG) loans to borrowers other than national governments or central banks, the Bank requires a joint and several guarantee backed by the full faith and credit of the national government. Certain SG loans carry highly concessional terms and are granted only to the least developed borrowing members, their agencies or political sub divisions.

Until December 31, 2022, non-sovereign guaranteed (NSG) loans were originated by IDB Invest and co-financed by the Bank and IDB Invest. Since January 1, 2023, the Bank no longer co-finances new private sector projects and continues to outsource portfolio management of its legacy NSG developmental assets to IDB Invest.

The Bank also makes loans to other development institutions without a sovereign guarantee.

In 2025, the Bank launched the Sub-Sovereign Finance Program (SFP), a five-year pilot initiative to provide investment loans and guarantees on behalf of sub-sovereign entities in borrowing member countries without requiring a sovereign guarantee. As of December 31, 2025, no loans or guarantees were outstanding under the SFP.

Loans are carried at amortized cost on the Balance Sheet. Direct loan origination costs for sovereign-guaranteed loans are deferred and amortized using the interest method over the weighted-average life of the applicable loan portfolio. Front-end and other fees are deferred and amortized based on a straight-line base over the contractual terms of the loans, which approximates the interest method.

Interest on loans is recognized on an accrual basis. A loan is considered past due when scheduled principal or interest payments are not received on the contractual due date The Bank places on nonaccrual status all loans made to, or guaranteed by, a member if principal, interest, or other charges are overdue by more than 180 days, unless collection of all amounts in arrears is expected in the immediate future. When a member’s loans are placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest and other charges accrued are reversed from current period income. Interest and other charges on nonaccruing loans are recognized only when payments are actually received. When a member pays all overdue amounts, its loans return to accrual status, eligibility for new loans is restored, and all overdue charges (including those from prior years) are recognized as income in the current period.

The Bank places NSG loans on nonaccrual status when principal, interest or other charges are past due by more than 90 days, or earlier if Management has doubts about their future collectability. Uncollected accrued interest is reversed from income, and interest is recorded on a cash basis until the loan is current and collectability concerns are resolved. If collectability risk remains high after arrears clearance, the loans may remain on nonaccrual status.

Cash payments received on nonaccrual loans are generally applied first to interest income and then to loan principal, in accordance with loan agreements.

Developmental assets - Guarantees

The Bank may issue political risk and partial credit guarantees backed by a sovereign counter-guarantee from member country. Since January 1, 2023, the Bank no longer issues guarantees without a sovereign counter-guarantee under its NSG portfolio, except for those under the SFP. On a case-by-case basis, depending on the risks covered and the nature of the project, the Bank may reinsure certain guarantees to reduce exposure. Guarantee fees, net of reinsurance premiums, are recognized as income over the term of the guarantee.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   83
 

 

Guarantees are considered outstanding when issued and the borrower incurs the underlying financial obligation. A guarantee is considered called when a guaranteed party demands payment. The outstanding amount represents the maximum potential exposure if guaranteed payments are not made. The contingent liability for expected credit losses on outstanding guarantees is included in Other liabilities.

To minimize concentration in its SG loan portfolio, the Bank participates in a Master Exposure Exchange Agreement (EEA) jointly with other Development Finance Institutions (DFIs) and executes bilateral transactions. The EEA conceptually reduces portfolio concentration by exchanging coverage for potential nonaccrual events (i.e., interest and principal non-payment) between DFIs in countries where one DFI is concentrated, for coverage in countries where it has little or no exposure. EEAs are accounted for and disclosed as guarantees under the Bank’s financial statements.

Under an EEA, loan assets are not directly exchanged, and all aspects of the client relationship remain with the originating DFI. One DFI assumes credit risk on a specified EEA amount for certain borrowing countries (the EEA seller of protection, or EEA Seller) in exchange for passing on equivalent credit risk for other countries to another DFI (the EEA buyer of protection, or EEA Buyer). If a nonaccrual event occurs for a country included in the EEA, the EEA Seller compensates the EEA Buyer at an agreed rate. EEAs allow exchanges with maturities of 10 to 30 years, and each DFI must retain at least 50% of its total exposure to each country in the EEA. If no nonaccrual events occur during the term, the EEA expires at the end of the agreed period.

The trigger event requiring the EEA Seller to make interest payments to the EEA Buyer is defined as a payment delay of 180 days (i.e., a nonaccrual event) for one or more covered countries. The trigger event requiring the EEA Seller to make principal payments to the EEA Buyer occurs when the EEA Buyer writes off part or all of the sovereign-guaranteed loans to a country covered under the EEA. Any principal payment reduces the EEA amount and coverage for that country.

Following a trigger event, the EEA Seller pays compensation to the EEA Buyer based on the EEA amount for the country in nonaccrual at the agreed interest rate, currently USD six-month SOFR plus 1.25%. Interest payments are semi-annual and cannot exceed contractual payments on past-due loans.

The EEA Seller relies on the EEA Buyer to recover amounts owed from the borrowing country in nonaccrual status. Recoveries are shared pari-passu between Buyer and Seller. At the end of the nonaccrual event, the EEA Seller recovers all amounts paid to the EEA Buyer if no write-offs occurred.

As the EEA Seller, the fair value of the guarantee given is recorded at inception as an asset equal to the net present value of hypothetical guarantee fees to be received and a liability (the non-contingent portion of the guarantee to stand ready to perform), included in Other assets - Miscellaneous and Other liabilities, respectively, on the Balance Sheet. These amounts are amortized over the term of the guarantee based on the exposure expected to be outstanding every year. As the EEA Buyer, for guarantees received, an asset and a corresponding income are recorded equal to the implicit reduction in the allowance for credit losses on transferred exposures, included in Other assets – Miscellaneous and Other-income, respectively.

Developmental assets - Debt securities

The Bank invests in debt securities to support its development objectives. Since January 1, 2023, the Bank no longer co-finances debt securities with IDB Invest but continues to outsource the portfolio management of its debt securities to IDB Invest. In general, debt securities related to development investments are classified as held-to-maturity as the Bank has both the intent and ability to hold them until maturity. These securities classified as held to maturity and reported at amortized cost on the Balance Sheet. For debt securities not intended to be held to maturity, the Bank elects the fair value option.

Interest income on debt securities is recognized on an accrual basis and reported in Interest on developmental assets, after swaps in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings. For debt securities


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   84
 

 

measured at fair value, the interest component of changes in fair value is recorded in Interest on developmental assets, after swaps in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings, while other changes in fair value are reported in Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings.

A debt security is considered past due when scheduled principal or interest payments are not received on the contractual due date. The Bank applies the same nonaccrual policy as for NSG loans. Income on nonaccrual debt securities is recognized on a cash basis until the security becomes current and Management no longer has doubts about collectability.

Credit Losses on Developmental Assets and Related Off-balance-sheet Exposures

Upon initial recognition of each developmental asset, including loans and debt securities, the Bank records an allowance for expected credit losses based on its current estimate of collectability risk over the asset’s contractual life. This estimate incorporates past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable (R&S) forecasts of future economic conditions. In addition, the Bank records a liability for expected credit losses on certain off-balance-sheet exposures, such as undisbursed loan commitments and financial guarantees, for the period during which the Bank is exposed to credit risk through a present contractual obligation to extend credit.

When determining the allowance and liability for credit losses, developmental assets and credit exposures are grouped into two main portfolios: SG and NSG. Adjustments necessary to reflect Management’s best estimate at each reporting date are recorded in net income as credit loss expense or a reversal of credit loss expense. The Bank elects not to measure an allowance for credit losses for accrued interest receivables, except for SG loans in nonaccrual status (i.e., 180 days past due), as uncollectible accrued interest is reversed in a timely manner under existing nonaccrual policies.

For the performing SG and NSG portfolio (i.e., developmental assets that are not in nonaccrual status), the allowance and liability for expected credit losses for off-balance-sheet credit exposures is mainly a function of the estimated exposure at default (EAD), probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD). Qualitative adjustments are also applied as necessary based on Management judgment to address information lags, data limitations, significant changes in portfolio composition or lending operations, and uncertainties in economic and business conditions.

The EAD of the Bank’s developmental assets represents the unpaid principal or outstanding balance, which approximates their amortized cost as: (i) loans and debt securities are originated at face value without premiums or discounts; (ii) net origination fees and costs are immaterial; and (iii) foreign exchange adjustments on non-USD assets are reflected in the outstanding balance through revaluation at each reporting date.

The Bank does not expect recurring material prepayments in its SG portfolio and therefore excludes prepayment estimates from the EAD.

For the NSG portfolio, expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term adjusted for expected prepayments based on historical data. The contractual term excludes expected extensions, renewals, and modifications unless these are included in the original or modified contract at the reporting date and are solely at the borrower’s option and outside of the Bank’s control.

For off-balance-sheet credit exposures, EAD is estimated based on projected disbursements for unfunded commitments considering historical experience and projected repayments under contractual amortization schedules or disbursement profiles of proxy portfolios as applicable.

Sovereign-guaranteed portfolio

The Bank expects that all SG loans to be repaid, consistent with its historical experience. As a policy, the Bank does not reschedule SG loans and has not written off any SG loans. The Bank monitors the credit quality, nature, and extent of its SG exposure by country and considers loans to the same sovereign borrower as sharing common risk characteristics.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   85
 

 

As a multilateral development financial institution, the Bank benefits from preferential treatment, including priority in repayment over commercial lenders when a sovereign borrower experiences financial stress. This preferred creditor status is reflected in the Bank’s allowance for credit losses through the PD and LGD estimates. 

PD represents the likelihood of default over the credit exposures’ contractual period and is based on each borrower country’s long-term foreign currency credit rating from Standard & Poor’s (S&P), adjusted for probabilities of default specific to the Bank. These adjustments incorporate historical sovereign default events, current conditions, and R&S economic forecasts that may affect a country’s ability to meet its obligations. Macroeconomic factors considered in the three-year R&S forecast include the borrower’s gross domestic product (GDP) growth, current account balance as a percentage of GDP, and changes in reserves. For periods beyond the R&S forecast, the Bank reverts to historical loss information on a straight-line basis over a two-year period.

In addition to the PD, the Bank’s loss experience differs from commercial lenders in sovereign default events, as evidenced in the level of loss from its historical nonaccrual events. All past sovereign defaults were resolved with the Bank recovering all contractual principal and interest amounts. Historical losses were limited to interest on interest as the Bank does not charge interest on overdue interest during the arrears period. The Bank maintains its expectation of full collection of contractually due principal and interest amounts in any ongoing or future sovereign defaults. Consequently, LGD reflects only the estimated loss from payment delays.

SG loans in nonaccrual status exhibit credit deterioration and do not share risk characteristics with performing loans. These loans are individually assessed at the borrower level. The allowance for such loans is calculated using a discounted cash flow method, which estimates credit loss as the difference between the loan’s amortized cost and the present value of expected cash flows, discounted at the loan’s contractual effective interest rate. Expected cash flows incorporate assumptions based on Management’s best estimates given the specific facts and circumstances of the nonaccrual event.

Non-sovereign-guaranteed portfolio

The NSG portfolio consists of loans and debt security investments classified into four sectors – corporates, financial institutions, project finance, and sub-sovereign governments – for credit monitoring and portfolio management purposes. The Bank’s internal NSG risk rating system maps transactions one-to-one to the S&P foreign currency credit rating using a point-in-time term structure developed with S&P models and customized to reflect the Bank’s business. This system uses sector-specific scorecards to determine borrower risk ratings.

The major credit risk factors considered in the rating scorecards for corporate loans are country and industry risks, business and market risks, an assessment of the borrower’s management, and a qualitative and quantitative assessment of financial risks. Extraordinary support from shareholders or from the government may be considered if applicable.

The credit risk evaluation for loans to financial institutions considers country and industry risks and functions as an anchor for the risk assessment. These risks include regulatory, competition, government support and macro-economic factors. Additionally, the rating scorecard assesses institution-specific factors such as capital adequacy, funding and liquidity, earnings, business position, quality of management, and potential government or shareholder support.

The primary factors considered in the scorecards for a project finance loan are mainly grouped into the following categories: political risks, commercial or project risks, and financial risks. Political risks can be defined as the risks to a project’s financing emanating from governmental sources, either from a legal or regulatory perspective. Commercial or project risks are the operational risks associated with construction or completion of a project and its economic or financial viability. Financial risks consider the project’s exposures to cash flow generation, interest rate, foreign currency volatility and inflation.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   86
 

 

In certain cases, the sovereign rating may serve as a ceiling for the final borrower rating at certain rating levels, given the close link between a country’s creditworthiness and that of its institutions.

The expected credit loss methodology incorporates current market conditions, macroeconomic forecasts, and their impact to the allowance on credit losses in term structure PDs and LGDs. To determine the Point in Time (PIT) term structure of PDs, the Bank uses Moody’s Impairment Studio models to convert borrower risk ratings into PIT PDs that vary by industry and the state of the credit cycle. For LGD, the Bank applies an S&P-developed decision-tree scorecard model that captures exposure-specific factors such as seniority, collateral, industry, guarantees, and jurisdiction at the facility-level that may not be shared across different exposures of the same borrower. Macroeconomic forecasts include multiple scenarios, with variables such as GDP, equity indices, and oil prices incorporated depending on the country of exposure. Management currently considers the R&S period to be three years. For each scenario, lifetime loss rates are calculated for each loan using the appropriate PD and LGD for every quarter over the asset’s remaining life and multiplying by the EAD. When multiple scenarios are used, the results are weighted based on Management’s judgment. After the R&S period, the model reverts to historical PDs for similarly rated credits and long-term LGDs from S&P on a straight-line basis over a two-year period.

For developmental assets that do not share common risk characteristics with the rest of the portfolio, including assets in nonaccrual status, the allowance for credit losses is individually assessed based on Management’s best judgment of the borrower’s creditworthiness. This estimate considers all available evidence, including the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the asset’s contractual effective rate, the fair value of collateral less disposal costs, and other market data.

Partial or full write-offs of NSG developmental assets occur when a loss is realized through either a legal agreement or final bankruptcy settlement, or when the Bank determines with reasonable certainty that the amount will not be collected. Write-offs reduce the asset balance and related allowance for credit losses and are partially offset by recoveries, if any, from previously written-off assets.

Property

Property is recorded at cost. Major improvements are capitalized while routine replacements, maintenance and repairs are expensed. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives (30 to 40 years for buildings, 10 years for building improvements, 3 to 10 years for capitalized software, 4 to 7 years for equipment, and 5 years for capitalized vehicles).

Borrowings

To ensure funds are available for lending and liquidity operations, the Bank borrows in international capital markets, by issuing debt securities to private and public investors. These securities are denominated in various currencies and issued with different maturities, formats, and structures. The Bank also issues discount notes, accepts deposits from borrowing member central banks and official institutions, and enters into repurchase agreements to manage short-term cash flow needs.

A substantial portion of the Bank’s borrowings is carried at fair value on the Balance Sheet. Under the fair value option, individual borrowings are elected on an instrument-by-instrument basis for asset and liability management purposes; the election is made upon initial recognition and cannot be revoked. The interest component of the fair value changes is recorded in Interest on borrowings, after swaps. Net fair value adjustments attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk are reported in the Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss). These adjustments are determined by comparing each borrowing’s fair value adjustments with and without changes in the Bank’s credit spread as of each reporting date. Remaining changes in fair value are reported in Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings.

Certain borrowings are measured at amortized cost, representing their par (face) value adjusted for any premiums or discounts.

The amortization of premiums and discounts uses the constant yield method and is included in Interest on borrowings, after swaps in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   87
 

 

Issuance costs for borrowings carried at fair value are expensed upon issuance, while those for borrowings carried at amortized cost are deferred and amortized using the constant yield method over the life of the security. Unamortized issuance costs are included in Borrowings on the Balance Sheet, and amounts expensed or amortized are reported in Other borrowing costs in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings.

Interest expense on borrowings is recognized on an accrual basis and calculated to approximate the effective yield method at issuance. It is reported net of the interest component of borrowing derivatives under Interest on borrowings, after swaps in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings.

Derivatives

As part of its asset and liability management, the Bank uses derivatives, primarily interest rate swaps and foreign currency swaps, in its investment, lending, and borrowing operations. These derivatives modify the interest rate and/or currency characteristics of the underlying instruments to achieve the intended asset and liability management objectives.

All derivatives are recognized on the Balance Sheet at fair value, netting derivative asset and liability positions and related cash collateral received from counterparties when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists, including accrued interest. Depending on whether their fair value is receivable or payable, derivatives are classified as assets or liabilities. No derivatives are designated as hedging instruments for accounting purposes.

The Bank occasionally issues borrowings with embedded derivatives. These hybrid instruments are carried at fair value under the elected fair value option.

Flexible Financing Facility (FFF) loans may include risk management options embedded in the loan contract. When certain derivatives are not clearly and closely related to the host contract, such as commodity options embedded in loans, they are bifurcated from the host contract, and recorded at fair value as Derivative assets, net or Derivative liabilities, net on the Balance Sheet.

Periodic cash payments or receipts to/from the counterparty under swap contracts are referred to as the “interest component.” For swaps economically hedging investment securities, the interest component is presented in Interest on investments in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings. Changes in fair value of investment securities and related derivatives are reported in Net investments gains (losses). The interest component for all swaps on loans is included in Interest on developmental assets, after swaps. For swaps economically hedging borrowings and equity-funded assets, the interest component is recorded in Interest on borrowings, after swaps and Interest on other asset/liability management derivatives, respectively. Changes in the fair value of interest rate and foreign currency swaps, as well as commodity options, are reported in Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions. Upon termination of a swap or option, realized gains and losses on non-trading derivatives are reclassified from this line item to the respective interest categories noted above.

Strategic Development Programs

Strategic development programs provide financing for reimbursable, non-reimbursable, and contingent recovery assistance to borrowing member countries. Reimbursable operations are recorded as Other assets. Non-reimbursable and contingent recovery operations are recognized as Strategic development programs expense upon approval. Cancellations of undisbursed balances for non-reimbursable operations and recoveries of contingent recovery financing are recorded as offsets to Strategic development programs expense in the period they occur.

Taxes

The Bank, its property, other assets, income and the operations and transactions it carries out pursuant to the Agreement are immune from all taxation and from all customs duties in its member countries.

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

The funded status of the Bank’s benefit plans is recognized on the Balance Sheet and measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation at the measurement date. Overfunded plans, where plan assets exceed the benefit obligation, are aggregated and reported as


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   88
 

 

Assets under retirement benefit plans, while underfunded plans, where the benefit obligation exceeds the plan assets, are aggregated and reported as Liabilities under retirement benefit plans.

Net actuarial gains and losses and prior service cost, not recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost, are recorded in Other comprehensive income (loss) in the Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss). These amounts are subsequently amortized into net periodic benefit cost in accordance with applicable accounting standards.

The service cost component of net periodic benefit cost is reported under Administrative expenses in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings. Other components such as interest cost, expected return on plan assets, and amortization of prior service cost/credit are reported under Other components of net pension benefit cost. Gains and losses previously recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss) remain in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

NOTE C – INVESTMENTS

As part of its overall portfolio management strategy, the Bank invests in sovereign and sub-sovereign governments, agencies, supranationals, bank and corporate entities, including asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities, and related financial derivative instruments, primarily currency and interest rate swaps.

The Bank invests in obligations: (i) issued or unconditionally guaranteed by sovereign governments of the member country whose currency is being invested, or other sovereign obligations with a minimum credit quality equivalent to AA-; (ii) issued or unconditionally guaranteed by sub-sovereign governments and agencies, including asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities, with a minimum credit quality equivalent to AA-; and (iii) issued by supranational organizations with a credit quality equivalent to a AAA rating. In addition, the Bank invests in senior bank obligations with a minimum credit quality equivalent to A, and in corporate entities with a minimum credit quality equivalent to a AA- rating (private asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities require a credit quality equivalent to a AAA rating). The Bank also invests in short-term securities of the eligible investment asset classes mentioned above if they carry only the equivalent short-term credit ratings.

Net unrealized gains (losses) on trading portfolio instruments held at December 31, 2025 of $20 million (2024 – ($30) million; 2023 – ($62) million) were included in Net investments gains (losses).

NOTE D – DEVELOPMENTAL ASSETS - LOANS AND GUARANTEES

Loans

The Bank’s loan portfolio includes both SG and NSG loans. Loans outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (in millions):

 

Developmental Assets

   December 31, 2025      December 31, 2024  

Loans outstanding

   $ 117,747      $ 115,812  

Allowance for credit losses

     (878      (784

Deferred loan origination fees and costs, net

     83        78  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 116,952      $ 115,106  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sovereign-guaranteed Loan Portfolio

Currently available products: Since January 1, 2012, the Flexible Financing Facility or FFF is the financial product platform for the approval of all sovereign-guaranteed loans. With FFF loans, borrowers can tailor financial terms at approval or during the life of a loan, subject to market availability and operational considerations. The FFF platform allows borrowers to:

 

  i.

manage currency, interest rate and other types of market risk exposures;

 

  ii.

address project changing needs by customizing loan repayment terms;

 

  iii.

execute hedges with the Bank at a loan portfolio level;


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   89
 

 

  iv.

manage risk exposures to commodity price volatility through embedded options;

 

  v.

through the Principal Payment Option (PPO), defer principal payments for 2 years following an eligible natural disaster through a one-time option, by modifying the loan’s amortization schedule;

 

  vi.

originate, price, and approve loans denominated in Local Currency terms, and;

 

  vii.

manage risk exposure and loan cash flows to catastrophes.

FFF loans have maturities of up to 25 years, and have an interest rate primarily based on SOFR plus a funding margin, plus the Bank’s lending spread.

The Bank offers concessional lending through a blending of regular and concessional financing. The concessional portion of blended loans have a grace period and maturity of 40 years, and a 0.25% fixed interest rate. The regular financing portion has a maximum 25-year maturity.

Non-sovereign-guaranteed Loan Portfolio

NSG loans can be denominated in United States dollars or local currencies, and borrowers have the option of either a fixed, floating or inflation-linked interest rate loan. For floating rate loans, the interest rate resets every one, three, six or twelve months based on a SOFR plus a credit spread. The credit spreads and fees on these loans are set on a case-by-case basis.

For co-financed legacy NSG loans, the Bank and IDB Invest maintain separate legal and economic interests in their respective shares of the loan principal balance, interest, and other elements of the lending arrangement. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, total NSG co-financed outstanding loans amounted to $1,830 million and $2,181 million, respectively.

Additionally, the Bank mobilizes funds from commercial banks and other financial institutions by entering into loan participation agreements without recourse, while retaining the administration of such loans. From time to time, the Bank may also sell outstanding loans or portions of outstanding loans to other institutions. The Bank’s loan participations meet the applicable sale accounting criteria and are not included in the Bank’s Balance Sheet. As of December 31, 2025, there were $154 million (2024 – $351 million) in outstanding participations in NSG loans.

Loans to IDB Invest

In 1997, the Bank approved a loan to IDB Invest of $300 million. Disbursements under this loan have been denominated in United States dollars and local currencies. As of December 31, 2025, the loan had an outstanding balance of $21 million (2024 - $38 million).

Guarantees

Outstanding guarantees have remaining maturities ranging from 1 to 19 years. As of December 31, 2025, guarantees of $1,638 million (2024 – $1,472 million) were outstanding and subject to call, and were classified as follows (in millions):

 

     December 31, 2025      December 31, 2024  
     NSG(1)      SG(2)      Total      NSG(1)      SG(2)      Total  

a+ to a-

   $ 14      $ —       $ 14      $ 16      $ —       $ 16  

bbb+ to bbb-

     —         —         —         —         60        60  

bb+ to bb-

     57        —         57        51        —         51  

b+ to b-

     —         1,567        1,567        —         1,345        1,345  

ccc+ to cc

     —         —         —         —         —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 71      $ 1,567      $ 1,638      $ 67      $ 1,405      $ 1,472  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

NSG guarantees’ ratings are represented by the Bank’s internal credit risk classification, which maps to S&P’s rating scale.

(2)

SG guarantees’ rating is assigned to each borrower country by S&P.

As of December 31, 2025 , the current carrying amount of the liability for the guarantee obligations totaled $103 million (2024 - $115 million) and is reported under Other liabilities in the Balance Sheet.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   90
 

 

Development Finance Institutions (DFIs) Exposure Exchange Agreements

The Bank executed EEA transactions with other DFIs as follows (in millions) as of December 31, 2025:

 

EEAs with DFIs

 

DFIs

   Effective Date    Amount     Final Maturity
Date
 
   EEA Seller     EEA Buyer  

International Bank for Reconstruction and Development

   December 2015    $ 2,021     $ 2,021       December 2030  

Asian Development Bank

   December 2020      1,000       1,000       December 2035  

Asian Development Bank

   December 2022      1,500       1,500       December 2037  

OPEC Fund for International Development

   March 2024      500       650       March 2039  

Asian Development Bank

   October 2024      1,500       1,500       October 2039  

African Development Bank

   April 2025      3,200 (1)      3,200 (1)      April 2040  

Council of Europe Development Bank

   July 2025      588 (2)      588 (2)      July 2040  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

      $ 10,309     $ 10,459    
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1)

The EEA signed in 2015, totaling $2,880 million, was extinguished and replaced with a new exposure amount of $3,200 million.

(2)

The transaction is denominated in EUR 500 million.

These transactions remain, in the aggregate, within 10% of the Bank’s SG outstanding loan balance, and the individual country exposures exchanged do not exceed the Bank’s 10th largest SG exposure. In addition, each DFI engaging in EEAs is required to retain at least 50% of each individual exposure after considering all credit protections.

Each EEA transaction was accounted for as an exchange of two separate financial guarantees (given and received). As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Bank is the EEA Buyer (receives a financial guarantee


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   91
 

 

from other DFIs) and the EEA Seller (provides a financial guarantee to other DFIs) for the following countries and exposure amounts (in millions):

 

EEA Seller

     As of December 31, 2025    As of December 31, 2024

Country

   Amount      S&P Rating (1)    Amount      S&P Rating

Angola

   $ 135      B-    $ 85      B-

Armenia

     118      BB-      118      BB-

Bangladesh

     1,385      B+      1,385      B+

Bosnia & Herzegovina

     123      B+      99      B+

Cameroon

     275      B-      —       — 

Congo

     60      CCC+      —       — 

Egypt

     680      B      830      B-

Georgia

     97      BB      97      BB

India

     630      BBB      630      BBB-

Indonesia

     885      BBB      885      BBB

Jordan

     144      BB-      144      BB-

Kenya

     510      B      —       — 

Macedonia

     130      BB-      130      BB-

Moldova

     14      BB-      —       — 

Mongolia

     107      BB-      107      B+

Montenegro

     116      B+      116      B+

Morocco

     676      BBB-      1,046      BB+

Nigeria

     430      B-      95      B-

Oman

     21      BBB-      21      BBB-

Pakistan

     1,673      B-      1,673      CCC+

Romania

     24      BBB-      —       — 

Serbia

     310      BBB-      195      BBB-

Sri Lanka

     48      CCC+      48      SD

Tanzania

     21      B-      21      B-

Tunisia

     600      B-      990      B-

Türkiye

     722      BB-      311      BB-

Uzbekistan

     172      BB      172      BB-

Vietnam

     203      BB+      203      BB+
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total

   $ 10,309         $ 9,401     
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

(1)

Based on the foreign currency credit rating assigned by S&P, or an assumed rating where an S&P rating is not available.

 

EEA Buyer

     As of December 31, 2025    As of December 31, 2024

Country

   Amount      S&P Rating    Amount      S&P Rating

Argentina

   $ 1,303      CCC+    $ 1,093      CCC

Bolivia

     182      CCC-      181      CCC+

Brazil

     3,309      BB      2,755      BB

Chile

     66      A      66      A

Colombia

     1,076      BB      1,029      BB+

Costa Rica

     43      BB      43      BB-

Dominican Republic

     480      BB      480      BB

Ecuador

     1,747      B-      1,864      B-

El Salvador

     225      B-      225      B-

Mexico

     1,554      BBB      1,387      BBB

Panama

     274      BBB-      228      BBB-

Trinidad and Tobago

     200      BBB-      200      BBB-
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total

   $ 10,459         $ 9,551     
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no nonaccrual events under the guarantees given or received. The carrying amount under the guarantees given or received amounted to $659 million as of December 31, 2025 (2024 - $577 million), and are recorded in Other liabilities and Miscellaneous assets in the Balance Sheet, respectively.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   92
 

 

NOTE E – DEVELOPMENTAL ASSETS – DEBT SECURITIES

The Bank invests in debt securities to support its development objectives. Since January 1, 2023, the Bank no longer co-finances debt securities with IDB Invest but continues to outsource the portfolio management of its debt securities to IDB Invest.

Debt securities classified as held to maturity were $429 million and $500 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The net carrying amount was summarized below (in millions):

 

     As of December 31, 2025      As of December 31, 2024  

Securities measured at amortized cost

   $ 456      $ 519  

Allowance for credit losses

     (27      (19
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

   $ 429      $ 500  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The net carrying amount, fair value, and maturity for the debt securities classified as held to maturity were presented as follows (in millions):

 

     December 31, 2025  

Segments

   Net carrying amount      Fair value (1)      Maturity (in years)  

Financial Institutions

     214        223        1 year to 5 years  
     47        51        6 years to 10 years  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
     261        274     

Project Finance

     168        168        11 years to 15 years  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 429      $ 442     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)

Includes $6 million of accrued interest and $21 million of unrecognized holding losses.

 

     December 31, 2024  

Segments

   Net carrying amount      Fair value (1)      Maturity (in years)  

Corporates

   $ 6      $ 7        1 year to 5 years  

Financial Institutions

     105        107        Within 1 year  
     200        208        1 year to 5 years  
     48        51        6 years to 10 years  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
     353        366     

Project Finance

     141        141        Over 16 years  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 500      $ 514     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)

Includes $9 million of accrued interest and $15 million of unrecognized holding losses.

During 2025, debt securities in the Project Finance segment elected under the fair value option were partially sold for $69 million, resulting in losses of $6 million. The fair value and net carrying amount of the remaining debt securities in the Project Finance segment were $38 million, with maturities of 11 to 15 years, as of December 31, 2025.

As of December 31, 2024, the fair value and net carrying amount of debt securities in the Project Finance segment were $113 million, with maturities of 11 to 15 years.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   93
 

 

NOTE F – CREDIT RISK FROM DEVELOPMENTAL ASSETS AND RELATED OFF-BALANCE-SHEET EXPOSURES

The credit risk in the developmental assets portfolios is the risk that the Bank may not receive repayment of principal and/or interest on these assets according to the contractual terms. It is determined by the credit quality of, and exposure to, each borrower and directly related to the Bank’s core business. The Bank has multiple measures in place to manage this credit risk, including an overall lending and investing limitation, a comprehensive capital adequacy framework (designed to ensure that the Bank always holds sufficient equity at all times given the quality and concentration of its portfolio), a policy for the treatment of non-performing instruments, and a policy for the maintenance of a credit loss allowance.

The Bank manages two principal sources of credit risk from its development financing activities: SG (loans and guarantees) and NSG instruments (loans, guarantees and debt securities). As of December 31, 2025, approximately 97% of the outstanding developmental assets are sovereign-guaranteed (2024 –97%). The Bank develops and maintains separate methodologies for the allowance for credit losses on SG and NSG exposures due to the distinct sources of credit risk.

The macroeconomic performance and credit ratings of IDB’s borrowing member countries are affected by factors such as geopolitical risks and shifts in monetary and fiscal policies. Accordingly, the Bank considers all available information when calculating the allowance for credit losses.

CREDIT QUALITY BY PORTFOLIO

SG Loans

When the Bank lends to public sector borrowers, it requires a sovereign guarantee from the borrowing member state. In extending credit to sovereign entities, the Bank is exposed to country risk which includes potential losses arising from a country’s inability or unwillingness to service its obligations to the Bank. Therefore, the Bank monitors and assesses its credit risk in the sovereign-guaranteed portfolio by sovereign borrower.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   94
 

 

The credit quality of the SG loan portfolio based on the foreign currency credit rating assigned by S&P by year of origination as of December 31, 2025 was as follows (in millions):

 

     Credit
Rating(3)
     Year of origination(1)      As of December 31,  

Country

   2025      2024      2023      2022      2021      Prior      2025      2024  

Argentina

     CCC+      $ 2,068      $ 1,968      $ 1,183      $ 1,594      $ 564      $ 11,833      $ 19,210      $ 17,476  

Bahamas

     BB-        168        —         160        —         172        554        1,054        894  

Barbados

     B+        110        100        204        —         130        409        953        880  

Belize

     B-        —         3        17        3        18        124        165        160  

Bolivia

     CCC-        —         6        369        142        —         3,871        4,388        4,262  

Brazil

     BB        492        47        1,658        231        445        12,403        15,276        14,992  

Chile

     A        352        179        123        650        641        1,233        3,178        2,864  

Colombia

     BB        571        84        1,108        502        1,282        7,716        11,263        11,581  

Costa Rica

     BB        —         8        —         —         431        2,038        2,477        2,466  

Dominican Republic

     BB        —         —         327        390        406        2,971        4,094        4,162  

Ecuador

     B-        636        1,018        706        650        825        5,060        8,895        8,709  

El Salvador

     B-        560        28        50        194        327        1,691        2,850        2,339  

Guatemala

     BB+        —         16        —         —         —         1,624        1,640        1,762  

Guyana

     B-        350        1        140        130        62        570        1,253        852  

Haiti

     B-        —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

Honduras

     BB-        —         32        169        196        188        2,643        3,228        3,212  

Jamaica

     BB        —         —         —         99        74        1,185        1,358        1,482  

Mexico

     BBB        600        700        1,200        510        651        8,728        12,389        13,615  

Nicaragua

     B+        —         —         —         10        —         2,170        2,180        2,242  

Panama

     BBB-        650        32        191        228        434        2,883        4,418        4,116  

Paraguay

     BBB-        1        407        35        666        101        2,524        3,734        3,654  

Peru

     BBB-        20        300        401        20        1,502        1,425        3,668        3,697  

Suriname

     CCC+        1        164        164        238        —         434        1,001        978  

Trinidad and Tobago

     BBB-        —         2        52        —         17        564        635        651  

Uruguay

     BBB+        203        28        605        59        515        2,427        3,837        3,693  

Venezuela(2)

     SD        —         —         —         —         —         2,011        2,011        2,011  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 6,782      $ 5,123      $ 8,862      $ 6,512      $ 8,785      $ 79,091      $ 115,155      $ 112,750  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts exclude accrued interest.

(2)

The loans to Venezuela have been placed in nonaccrual status since May 2018.

(3)

Based on the foreign currency credit rating assigned by S&P, or an assumed rating where an S&P rating is not available.

The country credit ratings presented above are as of December 31, 2025.

There were no gross write-offs for SG loans for the origination periods presented above during the year ended December 31, 2025.

NSG Loans

The Bank does not benefit from sovereign guarantees when lending to NSG borrowers. Risk and expected performance for these loans are evaluated by scoring the individual risk factors separately for the borrower and the transaction through credit risk scorecards developed based on S&P models.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   95
 

 

The credit quality of the NSG loan portfolio by year of origination, including loans to other development institutions, as represented by the internal credit risk classification as of December 31, 2025, was as follows (in millions):

 

     Year of origination(2)                    As of December 31,  

Internal Credit Risk Classification(1)

   2025(4)      2024(3)      2023 (3)      2022      2021      Prior      Revolving
loans
     Revolving
loans
converted
to term
loans
     2025      2024  

Corporates

                             

aa+ to aa-

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —   

a+ to a-

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

bbb+ to bbb-

     —         —         —         45        —         19        —         —         64        144  

bb+ to bb-

     —         —         182        74        17        159        —         —         432        703  

b+ to b-

     3        12        21        13        —         269        —         —         318        204  

ccc+ to d

     —         —         —         —         —         3        —         —         3        41  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     3        12        203        132        17        450        —         —         817        1,092  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial Institutions

                             

aa+ to aa-

     —         —         —         100        —         76        —         —         176        137  

a+ to a-

     —         —         —         —         —         132        —         —         132        168  

bbb+ to bbb-

     —         —         —         17        —         34        —         —         51        73  

bb+ to bb-

     —         —         12        26        —         15        —         —         53        270  

b+ to b-

     5        5        3        5        40        81        5        —         144        37  

ccc+ to d

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         57  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     5        5        15        148        40        338        5        —         556        742  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Project Finance

                             

aa+ to aa-

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

a+ to a-

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

bbb+ to bbb-

     —         —         —         —         —         178        —         —         178        133  

bb+ to bb-

     —         —         —         24        —         67        —         —         91        231  

b+ to b-

     —         —         —         241        133        489        —         —         863        650  

ccc+ to d

     —         —         5        —         —         82        —         —         87        214  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     —         —         5        265        133        816        —         —         1,219        1,228  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8      $ 17      $ 223      $ 545      $ 190      $ 1,604      $ 5      $ —       $ 2,592      $ 3,062  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

NSG portfolio ratings are represented by the Bank’s internal credit risk classification which maps to S&P’s rating scale on a one to one basis and is aligned with the likelihood of loss represented by the corresponding S&P ratings.

(2)

Amounts exclude accrued interest.

(3)

Represents loans that were approved before December 31, 2022, and signed on or after January 1, 2023.

(4)

Represents Social Entrepreneurship Program (SEP).

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Bank wrote off NSG loans originated in 2015, 2017 and 2023, amounting to $4 million, $2 million and $1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Bank wrote off NSG loans that were originated in 2010, and 2020 that amounted to $15 million and $19 million, respectively.

Debt Securities

The Bank monitors the credit quality of its investment in debt securities from corporates, financial institutions, and project finance, utilizing the same methodology as it does for its NSG loans. Expected credit losses for debt securities are also estimated as a function of the EAD, PD and LGD using the internal credit risk classification system.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   96
 

 

The credit quality of the developmental assets held to maturity debt securities reported at amortized cost by year of origination, as represented by the internal credit risk classification as of December 31, 2025, and 2024 was as follows (in millions):

 

     Year of origination(2)      As of
December 31,
 

Internal Credit Risk Classification(1)

   2025      2024      2023 (3)      2022      2021      Prior      2025      2024  

Corporates

                       

aa+ to aa-

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —         —       $ —       $ —   

a+ to a-

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

bbb+ to bbb-

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

bb+ to bb-

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         6  

b+ to b-

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

ccc+ to d

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial Institutions

                       

aa+ to aa-

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

a+ to a-

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

bbb+ to bbb-

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

bb+ to bb-

     —         —         50        91        —         96        237        315  

b+ to b-

     —         —         17        —         12        —         29        43  

ccc+ to d

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     —         —         67        91        12        96        266        358  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Project Finance

                       

aa+ to aa-

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

a+ to a-

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

bbb+ to bbb-

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

bb+ to bb-

     —         —         —         190        —         —         190        155  

b+ to b-

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   

ccc+ to d

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     —         —         —         190        —         —         190        155  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —       $ —       $ 67      $ 281      $ 12        96      $ 456      $ 519  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The ratings are represented by the Bank’s internal credit risk classification which maps to S&P’s rating scale on a one to one basis and is aligned with the likelihood of loss represented by the corresponding S&P ratings.

(2)

Amounts exclude accrued interest.

(3)

Represents securities that were approved before December 31, 2022, and signed on or after January 1, 2023.

The internal credit risk classifications for NSG loan portfolio and debt securities are as of December 31, 2025.

There were no gross write-offs for debt securities for the origination periods presented above during the year ended December 31, 2025.

PAST DUE, NONACCRUAL AND INDIVIDUALLY ASSESSED LOANS

SG Loans

As of December 31, 2025, sovereign-guaranteed loans made to or guaranteed by Venezuela have been in arrears for over 180 days, for an aggregate amount of principal payments in arrears of $1,375 million. The entire outstanding loan balance made to or guaranteed by Venezuela of $2,011 million (unchanged since 2018) has been placed in nonaccrual status since May 2018. An individual assessment was performed to estimate expected credit losses for this exposure.

As a result of the assessment, an allowance for individually assessed loans of $625 million as of December 31, 2025 (2024—$539 million), is included in the allowance for credit losses. This represents the estimated loss from the expected delay in debt service payments over an estimated length of nonaccrual period.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   97
 

 

The Bank expects to collect all amounts due, including interest accrued at the contractual interest rate for the period of delay, when the balances in arrears are restored to accrual basis.

The assessment and estimation of expected credit losses is inherently judgmental and reflects Management’s best estimate based upon the information currently available. Management will continue to monitor its credit exposure periodically and reassess significant assumptions, such as the length of the nonaccrual period, accordingly. A summary of financial information related to nonaccrual loans to Venezuela affecting the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows (in millions):

 

     2025      2024  

Loans in nonaccrual status as of the beginning of the period

   $ 2,011      $ 2,011  

Loans in nonaccrual status as of the end of the period

     2,011        2,011  

Interest income recognized on cash basis for loans in nonaccrual status

     —         —   

Loans past due for more than 90 days not in nonaccrual status (1)

     —         —   

 

(1)

The Bank’s policy is to place sovereign-guaranteed loans in nonaccrual status if principal, interest, or other charges with respect to any such loan are overdue by more than 180 days, unless it is determined that all payments of amounts in arrears are in process and will be collected in the immediate future.

There were no other sovereign-guaranteed loans over 180 days or more past due or in nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   98
 

 

The aging analysis of loans in the SG portfolio as of December 31, 2025 was as follows (in millions):

 

     Not greater
than 90 days
     91 - 180
days
     Greater
than 180
days
     Total past
due
     Current     Total  

Argentina

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 19,210     $ 19,210  

Bahamas

     —         —         —         —         1,054       1,054  

Barbados

     —         —         —         —         953       953  

Belize

     —         —         —         —         165       165  

Bolivia

     —         —         —         —         4,388       4,388  

Brazil

     —         —         —         —         15,276       15,276  

Chile

     —         —         —         —         3,178       3,178  

Colombia

     —         —         —         —         11,263       11,263  

Costa Rica

     —         —         —         —         2,477       2,477  

Dominican Republic

     —         —         —         —         4,094       4,094  

Ecuador

     —         —         —         —         8,895       8,895  

El Salvador

     —         —         —         —         2,850       2,850  

Guatemala

     —         —         —         —         1,640       1,640  

Guyana

     —         —         —         —         1,253       1,253  

Haiti

     —         —         —         —         —        —   

Honduras

     —         —         —         —         3,228       3,228  

Jamaica

     —         —         —         —         1,358       1,358  

Mexico

     —         —         —         —         12,389       12,389  

Nicaragua

     —         —         —         —         2,180       2,180  

Panama

     —         —         —         —         4,418       4,418  

Paraguay

     —         —         —         —         3,734       3,734  

Peru

     —         —         —         —         3,668       3,668  

Suriname

     —         —         —         —         1,001       1,001  

Trinidad and Tobago

     —         —         —         —         635       635  

Uruguay

     —         —         —         —         3,837       3,837  

Venezuela

     79        3        1,375        1,457        554 (1)      2,011  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 79      $ 3      $ 1,375      $ 1,457      $ 113,698     $ 115,155  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents the principal amount not yet contractually due as of December 31, 2025. Contractual interest is greater than 180 days past due on all $2,011 million of loans presented.

NSG Loans

As of December 31, 2025, NSG loans 90 or more days past due amounted to $3 million ($6 million at December 31, 2024). NSG loans with outstanding balances of $165 million as of December 31, 2025 were in nonaccrual status ($102 million at December 31, 2024), including $3 million whose maturity was accelerated (December 31, 2024 - $5 million). These loans were individually assessed to estimate expected credit losses and have a total allowance for credit losses of $63 million as of December 31, 2025 (2024 - $37 million; 2023 - $94 million).


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   99
 

 

A summary of financial information related to NSG loans in nonaccrual status affecting the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows (in millions):

 

     2025      2024  

Loans in nonaccrual status as of the beginning of the period

     

Corporates

   $ 3      $ 3  

Financial Institutions

     1        22  

Project Finance

     98        168  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     102        193  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans in nonaccrual status as of the end of the period

     

Corporates

     6        3  

Financial Institutions

     40        1  

Project Finance

     119        98  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     165        102  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income recognized on cash basis for loans in nonaccrual status

     

Corporates

     —         —   

Financial Institutions

     3        1  

Project Finance

     2        4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5        5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans past due for more than 90 days not in nonaccrual status

     

Corporates

     —         —   

Financial Institutions

     —         —   

Project Finance

     —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —       $ —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aging analysis of loans in the NSG portfolio as of December 31, 2025 was as follows (in millions):

 

     Not greater
than 30 days
     31 - 60
days
     61 - 90
days
     Greater
than 90
days
     Total
past due
     Current      Total  

Corporates

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 3      $ 3      $ 814      $ 817  

Financial Institutions

     —         11        —         —         11        545        556  

Project Finance

     —         —         —         —         —         1,219        1,219  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —       $ 11      $ —       $ 3      $ 14      $ 2,578      $ 2,592  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt securities

There were no debt securities past due or in nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   100
 

 

ALLOWANCE FOR DEVELOPMENTAL ASSETS CREDIT LOSSES

SG Loans and Guarantees

The changes in the allowance for expected credit losses related to the SG loan and guarantee portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (in millions):

 

Collective allowance for loans outstanding

   2025      2024  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 84      $ 104  

Provision (credit) for expected credit losses

     24        (20

Write-offs

     —         —   

Recoveries

     —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 108      $ 84  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Collective allowance for loan commitments and guarantees

   2025      2024  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 23      $ 21  

Provision (credit) for expected credit losses

     5        2  

Write-offs

     —         —   

Recoveries

     —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year (1)

   $ 28      $ 23  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Individually assessed loans

   2025      2024  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 539      $ 434  

Provision (credit) for expected credit losses

     86        105  

Write-offs

     —         —   

Recoveries

     —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 625      $ 539  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes the allowance for guarantees of $14 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 (2024 - $10 million).

Summary of accrued interest receivable on SG loans outstanding and accrued interest receivables reversed in the SG portfolio was as follows (in millions):

 

SG loans

   December 31, 2025      December 31, 2024  

Accrued interest receivable on SG loans outstanding(1) as of

   $ 1,224      $ 1,253  

Accrued interest receivable reversed, for the periods ended

     —         —   

 

(1)

No allowance for expected credit losses was recognized on the accrued interest receivable for performing SG loans in any of the reporting periods.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   101
 

 

NSG Loans and Guarantees

The changes in the allowance for expected credit losses related to NSG loan and guarantee portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (in millions):

 

Collective allowance for loans outstanding

   2025      2024  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 124      $ 169  

Provision (credit) for expected credit losses

     (42      (45

Write-offs

     —         —   

Recoveries

     —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 82      $ 124  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Collective allowance for loan commitments and guarantees

   2025      2024  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 8      $ 13  

Provision (credit) for expected credit losses

     (3      (5

Write-offs

     —         —   

Recoveries

     —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year(1)

   $ 5      $ 8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Individually assessed loans

   2025      2024  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 37      $ 94  

Provision (credit) for expected credit losses

     33        (23

Write-offs

     (7      (34

Recoveries

     —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 63      $ 37  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes the allowance for guarantees of $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Summary of accrued interest receivable on NSG loans outstanding and accrued interest receivables reversed in the NSG portfolio was as follows (in millions):

 

NSG loans

   December 31, 2025      December 31, 2024  

Accrued interest receivable on NSG loans outstanding (1) as of

   $ 19      $ 23  

Accrued interest receivable reversed (2) for the periods ended

     2        —   

 

(1)

No allowance for expected credit losses was recognized on the accrued interest receivables in any of the reporting periods.

(2)

Of the total interest income reversed, none was written-off as uncollectible in any of the reporting periods.

Debt securities

The changes in the total allowance for expected credit losses related to the debt security portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2025, and 2024 were as follows (in millions):

 

     2025      2024  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 19      $ 26  

Provision (credit) for expected credit losses

     8        (7

Write-offs

     —         —   

Recoveries

     —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 27      $ 19  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable on debt securities outstanding amounted to $6 million as of December 31, 2025 (2024 - $9 million). No accrued interest receivable was reversed or written-off in any of the reporting periods.

Modifications for borrowers experiencing financial difficulties

The Bank does not renegotiate or reschedule its sovereign-guaranteed loans outside of the options allowed under the FFF. The Bank may modify NSG developmental assets when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties. The effect of most modifications made to NSG borrowers experiencing financial difficulty is already included in the allowance for credit losses because of the measurement methodologies used to estimate the allowance. Therefore, a change to the allowance for credit losses is


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   102
 

 

generally not recorded upon modification. The modifications and the borrower’s subsequent performance are factored into the estimate of allowance for credit losses by incorporating the modified terms of the loan and by adjusting the credit risk factors as necessary.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Bank does not have any commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties with outstanding balances on modified loans.

The following table shows the amortized cost basis of the developmental assets modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties for the years ended on December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 (in millions):

 

Type of Modification: Other-than-insignificant payment delay & term extension

 
    

December 31, 2025

  

December 31, 2024

   December 31, 2023  

Developmental

Asset Type

  

Amortized

cost basis

  

% of lending

segment

  

Amortized
cost basis

  

% of lending
segment

   Amortized
cost basis
     % of lending
segment
 

Project Finance

   —     —     —     —       22        2%  

During 2025 and 2024, no loans were modified that involved other-than-insignificant payment delays and term extensions. In 2023, loan modifications within Project Finance resulted in an increase of the weighted-average life of the loan of 2.1 years.

 

Type of Modification: Other-than-insignificant payment delay

 
    

December 31, 2025

  

December 31, 2024

   December 31, 2023  

Developmental

Asset Type

  

Amortized

cost basis

  

% of lending

segment

  

Amortized
cost basis

  

% of lending
segment

   Amortized
cost basis
     % of lending
segment
 

Financial Institutions

   40    6%    —     —       —         —   

Project Finance

   —     —     22    2%      89        7%  

The payment delays resulted in an increase of 2 years in the weighted-average life of loans to Financial Institutions in 2025, with no impact in 2024 or 2023. For Project Finance loans, no modifications involving other-than-insignificant payment delays were provided in 2025. Their weighted-average life increased by 2.25 years in 2024 and 1.6 years in 2023.

The Bank closely monitors the performance of the developmental assets that are modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to understand the effectiveness of its modification efforts. There were no payment defaults for loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty that were modified twelve months before the reporting period.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   103
 

 

The following table presents the performance of NSG developmental assets modified in the years ended on December 31, 2025 and 2024 (in millions):

 

Performance of NSG developmental assets modified

 

Developmental Asset Type: Financial Institutions

 

Period end date

   Not greater
than 30
days
     31-60
days
     61-90
days
     Greater
than 90
days
     Total
Past
Due
     Current      Total  

December 31, 2025

   $ —       $ 11      $ —       $ —       $ 11      $ 29      $ 40  

December 31, 2024

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —   

December 31, 2023

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —   

Developmental Asset Type: Project Finance

 

Period end date

   Not greater
than 30
days
     31-60
days
     61-90
days
     Greater
than 90
days
     Total
Past
Due
     Current      Total  

December 31, 2025

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —   

December 31, 2024

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 22      $ 22  

December 31, 2023

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 111      $ 111  

NOTE G – RECEIVABLE FROM MEMBERS

Receivable from members includes non-negotiable, non-interest bearing demand notes that have been accepted in lieu of the immediate payment of all or any part of a member’s contribution quotas, non-negotiable, non-interest-bearing term notes received in payment of Maintenance of Value (MOV) obligations, and other MOV obligations.

The composition of the net receivable from members as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, was as follows (in millions):

 

     December 31, 2025      December 31, 2024  

Regional developing members

   $ 702      $ 701  

Canada

     54        60  

Non-regional members, net

     56        69  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total receivable from members

   $ 812      $ 830  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2009, the Bank reached an agreement with one of its borrowing member countries regarding the member’s MOV obligation outstanding with the Ordinary Capital in the amount of $252 million. The Bank and the member country agreed on a payment schedule starting in 2010. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the amount outstanding was $217 million.

NOTE H – PROPERTY

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, Property, net consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     2025      2024  

Land, buildings, improvements, capitalized software and equipment at cost

   $ 1,257      $ 1,180  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (778      (722
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 479      $ 458  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   104
 

 

NOTE I – BORROWINGS

Medium- and long-term borrowings at December 31, 2025 consist of loans, notes and bonds issued in various currencies at contracted interest rates ranging from 0% to 11.10%, before swaps, and from 3.64% (equivalent to 1 day SOFR plus 4 basis points) to 14.16%, (equivalent to the Brazilian Interbank Deposit Rate, CDI, minus 21.70 basis points), after swaps, with various maturity dates through 2061.

The Bank also has a short-term borrowing program including the Discount Note Program and the Deposits Program for borrowing member central banks and official institutions. Discount notes are issued in amounts of no less than $100,000 and maturities of no more than 360 days. Deposits are denominated only in U.S. dollars with maturities up to 30 days, and are available only to borrowing member central banks and official institutions. At December 31, 2025, the weighted average rate of short-term borrowings was 3.77% (2024 – 4.56%).

Interest on Borrowings, after swaps have been increased (reduced) by the net interest component of related interest rate and foreign currency swap transactions amounting to $1,620 million during 2025 (2024 – $2,900 million; 2023 – $3,257 million).

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the maturity structure of medium- and long-term borrowings outstanding by year of maturity was as follows (in millions):

 

2025

 

2026

   $ 19,705  

2027

     17,079  

2028

     16,828  

2029

     21,746  

2030

     13,292  

2031 to 2035

     22,924  

2036 to 2040

     705  

2041 to 2045

     1,896  

2046 to 2050

     —   

2051 to 2062

     1,390  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 115,565  
  

 

 

 

2024

 

2025

   $ 18,492  

2026

     19,505  

2027

     16,195  

2028

     15,161  

2029

     19,052  

2030 to 2034

     19,624  

2035 to 2039

     403  

2040 to 2044

     1,737  

2045 to 2049

     —   

2050 to 2061

     1,078  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 111,247  
  

 

 

 
 

 

NOTE J – FAIR VALUE OPTION

The Bank has elected the fair value option under GAAP for most of its medium- and long-term borrowings to mitigate the income volatility resulting from recording interest rate swaps used for economic hedging at fair value, while otherwise recognizing remaining borrowings at amortized cost. From time to time, the Bank may elect the fair value option for Developmental assets—debt securities, which the Bank does not intend to hold to maturity. Individual borrowings and debt securities are elected for fair value reporting on an instrument-by-instrument basis and the election is made upon their initial recognition and may not be revoked once an election is made. The Bank takes into consideration all its non-trading financial instruments (i.e., borrowings, developmental assets, and derivatives) in determining its fair value option elections to mitigate income volatility.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   105
 

 

The changes in fair value for borrowings and developmental assets elected under the fair value option were recorded in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 as follows (in millions):

 

Statements of Income and Retained Earnings location:

   2025      2024      2023  

Interest on Borrowings, after swaps

   $ (2,792    $ (2,209    $ (1,651

Interest on developmental assets, after swaps

     5        6        6  

Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions

     (3,392      1,110        (2,986
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total changes in fair value included in Net income

   $ (6,179    $ (1,093    $ (4,631
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net fair value adjustments on borrowings attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk are reported in the Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss). These adjustments are determined by comparing each borrowing’s fair value adjustments with and without consideration to changes in the Bank’s credit spread as of each reporting date. The amount of the change of fair value that was attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk for the year ended December 31, 2025 and cumulatively, amounted to a loss of $459 million and of $625 million, respectively (2024 – a loss of $138 million and of $166 million, respectively; 2023 – a gain of $23 million and a loss of $28 million, respectively).

The changes in fair value of borrowings attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk reclassified from Other comprehensive income (loss) to Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings amounted to a loss of $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 (2024 – a loss of $5 million; 2023 – a loss of $23 million).

The difference between the fair value amount and the unpaid principal outstanding of borrowings measured at fair value as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, was as follows (in millions):

 

     2025     2024  

Fair value

   $ 87,804 (1)    $ 81,891 (1) 

Unpaid principal outstanding

     87,770       84,435  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value over unpaid principal outstanding

   $ 34     $ (2,544
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes accrued interest of $1,043 million at December 31, 2025 (2024 - $784 million).

For Developmental assets - debt securities elected under the fair value option, the difference between the fair value amount and the unpaid principal outstanding measured at fair value as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, was as follows (in millions):

 

     2025     2024  

Fair value

   $ 38 (1)    $ 113 (1) 

Unpaid principal outstanding

     39       122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value over unpaid principal outstanding

   $ (1   $ (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes accrued interest of $1 million at December 31, 2025 and $2 million in December 31, 2024.

NOTE K – REPURCHASE AND RESALE AGREEMENTS

In a repurchase, or repo, agreement, the Bank transfers securities to a repo counterparty in exchange for cash and concurrently agrees to repurchase those securities at a future date for an amount equal to the cash exchanged plus a stipulated interest factor. In a resale, or reverse repo agreement, the Bank buys securities with an agreement to resell them to the counterparty at a stated price plus interest at a specified date. The Bank enters into short-term repurchase and resale agreements as money market instruments for the Bank’s liquid asset investment portfolio and for the management of liquidity in general.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   106
 

 

All repurchase and resale transactions are executed with approved eligible counterparties under enforceable global master repurchase agreements and are subject to enforceable master netting agreements. All contracts have a maximum maturity of three months. The Bank receives financial instruments purchased under resale agreements and makes delivery of financial instruments sold under repurchase agreements to custody accounts at an approved third-party custodian. The securities purchased or sold in resale and repurchase agreements are limited to U.S. Treasury securities with maturities of up to 5.5 years. In the case of resale agreements, the Bank receives collateral in the form of liquid securities. As of December 31, 2025, securities received as collateral from resale agreements were not further leveraged.

Repurchase and resale agreements expose the Bank primarily to credit risk that arises if a counterparty is unable to meet its obligations under the agreements. Other risks include refinancing, reinvestment, and operational risks. Such risks are managed through a comprehensive risk management framework to ensure global exposures are within acceptable parameters, including counterparty and maturity limits, and the appropriate size and type of acceptable collateral. Furthermore, the value of collateral pledged is monitored daily against acceptable thresholds and levels are adjusted when appropriate.

The Bank has made the accounting policy election to present all repurchase and resale agreements on a gross basis on its balance sheet. The interest earned with respect to securities purchased under resale agreements is included in Interest on investments on the Condensed Statement of Income and Retained Earnings. The interest expense pertaining to the securities sold under repurchase agreements is included in the Interest on Borrowings, after swaps line in the Condensed Statement of Income and Retained Earnings. Cash flows from the repurchase agreements are included in the Short-term borrowings in the Condensed Statement of Cash Flows.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no repurchase agreements outstanding. As of December 31, 2025, the gross carrying amount of resale agreements was $500 million (2024 – none).

NOTE L– DERIVATIVES

Risk Management Strategy and Use of Derivatives

The Bank’s financial risk management strategy consists primarily of designing, implementing, and monitoring the Bank’s interrelated set of financial policies and guidelines. To optimize its funding and lending activities, in fulfillment of its development mandate, the Bank utilizes financial instruments that are sensitive to market movements, primarily changes in interest and exchange rates. The Bank mitigates these risks through its integrated asset and liability management framework by which it defines the currency composition, maturity profile, and interest rate sensitivity of the portfolio of assets and liabilities.

The Bank uses derivatives for the following purposes: First, to economically hedge the interest rate and currency exposure in its investment and borrowings portfolio. Second, the Bank mitigates the interest rate risk in its fixed-rate, fixed-base cost rate and local currency loans by economically hedging the interest rate exposure, primarily through use of interest rate swaps. In addition, the Bank supports its borrowers’ ability to manage exposures to commodity price volatility by offering derivative instruments, such as commodity options embedded in FFF loan agreements. The Bank simultaneously purchases an option with the same terms from a market counterparty to offset the risk exposure. Finally, the Bank utilizes derivatives to manage the repricing and maturity profile of its equity-funded assets in accordance with the Board-approved Asset Liability Management Policy.

The derivative instruments are used primarily for economic hedging purposes and are not designated as hedging instruments for accounting purposes.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   107
 

 

Financial Statements Presentation

The gross and net amounts of the Bank’s derivatives subject to master netting agreements as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 are presented in the table below. The Bank’s derivative instruments and their related gains and losses are reported in the Balance Sheet, the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings, the Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss), and the Statement of Cash Flows, as follows (in millions):

Balance Sheet

 

 

          Assets  

Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

  

Balance Sheet Location

   2025     2024  

Gross amount

       

Currency swaps

   Derivative assets, net    $ 3,194     $ 3,615  

Interest swaps

   Derivative assets, net      3,231       3,579  

Net Amounts Offset in the Balance Sheet

       

Financial Instruments

        (4,701     (6,665

Cash collateral received

        (238     (179
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net derivatives amounts presented in the Balance Sheet

        1,486       350  

Securities collateral received

        (1,399     (237
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net derivative exposure

      $ 87     $ 113  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Resale Agreements

  

Balance Sheet Location

   2025     2024  

Gross amount

   Securities purchased under resale agreements    $ 500       —   

Net Amounts Offset in the Balance Sheet

        —        —   

Gross amounts not offset in the Balance Sheet:

       

Financial Instruments

        —        —   

Collateral received/pledged

        —        —   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net exposure

      $ 500     $ —   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

       
          Liabilities  
    

Balance Sheet Location

   2025     2024  

Gross amount

       

Currency swaps

   Derivative liabilities, net    $ (2,647   $ (3,097

Interest swaps

   Derivative liabilities, net      (2,517     (4,915

Net Amounts Offset in the Balance Sheet

       

Financial Instruments

        4,701       6,665  

Cash collateral pledged

        —        —   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net derivatives amounts presented in the Balance Sheet

        (463     (1,347

Securities collateral pledged

        —        —   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net derivative exposure (1)

      $ (463   $ (1,347
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents the aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk related contingent features that are in a liability position.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   108
 

 

Statement of Income and Retained Earnings and Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

 

Derivatives not Designated
as Hedging Instruments

  

Location of Gain or (Loss) from Derivatives

   Years ended December 31,  
   2025      2024      2023  

Currency swaps

           
   Interest on investments    $ 282      $ 295      $ 328  
   Net investments gains (losses)      (77      (125      (148
   Interest on developmental assets, after swaps (1)      212        387        424  
   Interest on Borrowings, after swaps      (540      (885      (954
   Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions      (176      976        296  

Interest rate swaps

           
   Interest on investments      184        388        461  
   Net investments gains (losses)      (332      (101      (331
   Interest on developmental assets, after swaps (1)      202        288        284  
   Interest on Borrowings, after swaps      (1,080      (2,015      (2,303
   Interest on other asset/liability management derivatives      (147      (327      (286
   Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions      2,133        532        1,823  

Futures

   Net investments gains (losses)      (1      —         1  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 660      $ (587    $ (405
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Interest on developmental assets, after swaps has been reduced by $414 million in 2025 (2024 - $675 million; 2023 – $708 million) due to the net interest component of related swap transactions.

Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

     Years ended December 31,  

Location of inflows (outflows) from Derivatives

   2025      2024      2023  

Cash flows from lending and investing activities:

        

Miscellaneous assets and liabilities, net

   $ (13    $ 14      $ 45  

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Medium-and-long term borrowings

        

Proceeds from issuance

     18        19        28  

Repayments

     (11      (703      (506

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Gross purchase of trading investments

     (82      (159      (149

Gross proceeds from sale or maturity of trading investments

     32        75        65  

Developmental assets income collections, after swaps

     450        715        664  

Interest and other cost of borrowings, after swaps

     (2,069      (3,202      (2,492

Income from investments

     449        637        672  

Interest on other asset/liability management derivatives

     (193      (322      (178
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (1,419    $ (2,926    $ (1,851
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables provide information on the contract value/notional amounts of derivative instruments as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 (in millions). Currency swaps are shown at face value and interest rate swaps are shown at the notional amount of each individual payable or receivable leg. Futures and options are shown at the notional amounts of the underlying contracts.

 

     December 31, 2025  
     Currency and interest rate swaps      Futures & Options  

Derivative type/Rate type

   Receivable      Payable      Underlying contract  

Currency and interest rate swaps

        

Fixed

   $ 120,667      $ 62,403      $ —   

Floating index rate

     65,522        123,295        —   

Futures

     —         —         43  


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   109
 

 

 

     December 31, 2024  
     Currency and interest rate swaps      Futures & Options  

Derivative type/Rate type

   Receivable      Payable      Underlying contract  

Currency and interest rate swaps

        

Fixed

   $ 113,607      $ 54,174      $ —   

Floating index rate

     61,337        119,832        —   

Futures

     —         —         69  

The Bank enters into swaps and other over-the-counter derivatives, as well as repos, directly with trading counterparties. These derivatives are entered into under trade relationship documents based on standard forms published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA), in particular an ISDA Master Agreement (the ISDA Agreement).

Close-out Netting Provisions

The close-out netting provisions of the ISDA Agreements provide for the calculation of a single lump sum amount upon the early termination of transactions following the occurrence of an event of default or termination event. Any lump sum amount calculated following the early termination of transactions payable by the non-defaulting party to the other party may be applied to reduce any amounts that the other party owes the non-defaulting party under other agreements between them. This setoff, if enforceable in the circumstances of a given early termination, effectively reduces the amount payable by the non-defaulting party under the applicable ISDA Agreements.

Terms of Collateral Agreements

Currently, the Bank is not required to post collateral under its ISDA Agreements. Should the Bank’s credit rating be downgraded from the current AAA, the standard swap agreements detail, by swap counterparty, the collateral requirements that the Bank would need to satisfy in this event. If the Bank’s credit rating was downgraded by one notch from the current AAA credit rating, it would be required to post collateral in the amount of $69 million at December 31, 2025 (2024—$768 million).

The performance of the obligations of the Bank’s counterparties may be supported by collateral provided under a credit support annex to collateralize the Bank’s mark-to-market exposure to its counterparties in the form of U.S. Dollars and U.S. Treasury Obligations. In certain cases, the Bank may use, invest, commingle, or re-hypothecate as its own property such collateral subject to only the obligation (i) to return such collateral and (ii) to pass on distributions with respect to any non-cash collateral.

If an event of default occurred, the Bank may exercise certain rights and remedies with respect to the collateral. These rights include (i) all rights and remedies available to a secured party; (ii) the right to set off any amounts payable by the counterparty with respect to any obligations against any collateral held by the Bank; and (iii) the right to liquidate any collateral held by the Bank.

The Bank classifies the cash collateral received under Cash flows from financing activities in the Statement of Cash Flows as this collateral primarily relates to interest rate and foreign currency swaps on borrowings.

NOTE M – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The GAAP framework for measuring fair value establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

Level 1 -    Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;
Level 2 -    Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or pricing models for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability;


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   110
 

 

Level 3 -    Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

The Bank’s investment instruments valued based on quoted market prices in active markets, a valuation technique consistent with the market approach, may include obligations of the United States and certain other sovereign governments. Such instruments are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

Substantially all other Bank investment instruments are valued based on quoted prices in markets that are not active, external pricing services, where available, solicited broker/dealer prices or prices derived from alternative pricing models, utilizing available observable market inputs and discounted cash flows. These methodologies apply to investments in obligations of governments and agencies, obligations of sub-sovereigns and supranationals, corporate bonds, asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities, bank obligations, related financial derivative instruments (primarily currency and interest rate swaps) and options. These instruments are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and are measured at fair value using valuation techniques consistent with the market and income approaches.

The primary methodology of external pricing service providers involves a market approach that requires a predetermined activity volume of market prices to develop a composite price. The market prices utilized are provided by orderly transactions being executed in the relevant market; transactions that are not orderly and outlying market prices are filtered out in the determination of the composite price. Other external price providers utilize evaluated pricing models that vary by asset class and incorporate available market information through benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities, sector groupings, and matrix pricing to prepare valuations.

A small number of investment securities are also valued with prices obtained from brokers/dealers. Brokers/dealers’ prices may be based on a variety of inputs ranging from observed prices to proprietary valuation models. The Bank reviews the reasonability of brokers/dealers’ prices via the determination of fair value estimates from internal valuation techniques that use available observable market inputs.

Medium- and long-term borrowings elected under the fair value option, all currency and interest rate swaps and a debt security related to developmental investments under the fair value option are valued using quantitative models, including discounted cash flow models as well as more advanced option modeling techniques, when necessary, depending on the specific structures of the instruments. These models and techniques require the use of multiple market inputs including market yield curves, and/or exchange rates, interest rates, spreads, volatilities and correlations. Significant market inputs are observable during the full term of these instruments. The Bank also considers, consistent with the requirements of the framework for measuring fair value, the impact of its own creditworthiness in the valuation of its liabilities. These instruments are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy in view of the observability of the significant inputs to the models and are measured at fair value using valuation techniques consistent with the market and income approaches.

Level 3 investments are valued using Management’s best estimates utilizing available information including (i) external price providers, where available, or broker/dealer prices; when less liquidity exists, a quoted price is out of date or prices among brokers/dealers vary significantly, other valuation techniques may be used (i.e., a combination of the market approach and the income approach) and (ii) market yield curves of other instruments, used as a proxy for the instruments’ yield curves, for borrowings and related swaps. These methodologies are valuation techniques consistent with the market and income approaches.

The following tables set forth the Bank’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 by level within the fair value hierarchy (in millions). As required by the framework for measuring fair value, financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. As of December 31, 2025, the investment portfolio includes $3 million of securities classified as Level 3 (2024 - $4 million). Except for fair value adjustments, there was no other activity associated with Level 3 financial assets and


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   111
 

 

financial liabilities for the period ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. Also, there were no transfers between levels during 2025 or 2024, for securities held at the end of those reporting periods.

Financial assets:

 

 

     Fair Value
Measurements
                      

Assets

   December 31, 2025⁽¹⁾      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Investments - Trading:

           

Obligations of the United States Government

   $ 2,085      $ 1,609      $ 476      $ —   

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

     —         —         —         —   

Obligations of non-U.S. governments

     7,417        3,069        4,348        —   

Obligations of non-U.S. agencies

     10,540        —         10,540        —   

Obligations of non-U.S. sub-sovereigns

     1,960        —         1,960        —   

Obligations of supranationals

     3,402        —         3,402        —   

Bank obligations(2)

     9,556        —         9,556        —   

Corporate securities

     1,896        —         1,896        —   

Asset-backed securities

     3        —         —         3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments - Trading

     36,859        4,678        32,178        3  

Currency and interest rate swaps (3)

     1,724        —         1,724        —   

Developmental assets -debt securities

     38        —         38        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 38,621      $ 4,678      $ 33,940      $ 3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents the fair value of the referred assets, including their accrued interest.

(2)

May include bank notes and bonds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and money market deposits.

(3)

Excludes $238 million of cash collateral received that was netted in Derivative assets, net in the Balance Sheet.

 

     Fair Value
Measurements
                      

Assets

   December 31, 2024⁽¹⁾      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Investments - Trading:

           

Obligations of the United States Government

   $ 4,063      $ 2,123      $ 1,940      $ —   

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

     355        —         355        —   

Obligations of non-U.S. governments

     3,823        1,947        1,876        —   

Obligations of non-U.S. agencies

     9,365        —         9,365        —   

Obligations of non-U.S. sub-sovereigns

     1,662        —         1,662        —   

Obligations of supranationals

     3,220        —         3,220        —   

Bank obligations(2)

     10,823        —         10,823        —   

Corporate securities

     1,511        —         1,511        —   

Asset-backed securities

     4        —         —         4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments - Trading

     34,826        4,070        30,752        4  

Currency and interest rate swaps (3)

     529        —         529        —   

Developmental assets- debt securities

     113        —         113        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 35,468      $ 4,070      $ 31,394      $ 4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents the fair value of the referred assets, including their accrued interest.

(2)

May include bank notes and bonds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and money market deposits.

(3)

Excludes $179 million of cash collateral received that was netted in Derivative assets, net in the Balance Sheet.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   112
 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

    

Fair Value

Measurements

                      

Liabilities

   December 31, 2025⁽¹⁾      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Borrowings measured at fair value

   $ 87,804      $ —       $ 87,804      $ —   

Currency and interest rate swaps

     463        —         463        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 88,267      $ —       $ 88,267      $ —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents the fair value of the referred liabilities, including their accrued interest.

 

    

Fair Value

Measurements

                      

Liabilities

   December 31, 2024⁽¹⁾      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Borrowings measured at fair value

   $ 81,891      $ —       $ 81,891      $ —   

Currency and interest rate swaps

     1,347        —         1,347        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 83,238      $ —       $ 83,238      $ —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents the fair value of the referred liabilities, including their accrued interest.

The Bank accounts for its loans and certain borrowings at amortized cost with their corresponding fair value disclosures included in Note N – Fair Value of Financial Instruments.

NOTE N – FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Bank in measuring the fair value for its financial instruments, as also discussed in Note M – Fair Value Measurements:

Cash:

The carrying amount reported on the Balance Sheet for cash approximates fair value.

Repurchase and resale agreements

Repurchase and resale agreements are carried at face value, which approximates fair value due to their short-term nature and minimal credit risk.

Investments:

Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted prices, where available; otherwise, they are based on external pricing services, independent dealer prices, or discounted cash flow models.

Loans and guarantees:

The fair value of the Bank’s loan portfolio is estimated using a discounted cash flow method.

Debt securities:

The fair values of debt securities are estimated using a discounted cash flow method.

Swaps:

Fair values for interest rate and currency swaps are based on discounted cash flow or pricing models.

Borrowings:

The fair values of borrowings are based on discounted cash flow or pricing models.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   113
 

 

The following table presents the fair value of the financial instruments, along with the respective carrying amounts, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 (in millions):

 

     2025⁽¹⁾      2024⁽¹⁾  
     Carrying
Value
     Fair Value      Carrying
Value
     Fair Value  

Cash

   $ 778      $ 778      $ 836      $ 836  

Investments - Trading (2)

     36,859        36,859        34,826        34,826  

Securities purchased under resale agreements

     500        500        —         —   

Developmental Assets

           

Loans outstanding, net (3), (5)

     118,219        118,236        116,411        114,864  

Debt securities

           

Measured at fair value

     38        38        113        113  

Measured at amortized cost, net (3), (5)

     435        442        509        514  

Derivative assets, net

     1,486        1,486        350        350  

Other assets

           

Miscellaneous (4), (5)

     762        687        692        525  

Borrowings

           

Short-term

     1,594        1,594        3,314        3,314  

Medium- and long-term:

           

Measured at fair value

     87,804        87,804        81,891        81,891  

Measured at amortized cost (5)

     27,903        27,669        26,941        26,468  

Derivative liabilities, net

     463        463        1,347        1,347  

Liabilities

           

Other liabilities (4),(5)

     762        687        692        525  

 

(1)

Includes accrued interest.

(2)

Includes money market securities that were valued based on the nominal value, which approximates fair value.

(3)

Includes Accrued interest and other charges.

(4)

Amounts are related to EEA guarantees received and given, and the non-contingent liability for the obligation under the SG and NSG guarantees.

(5)

Fair value of Loans, EEA guarantees received and given, and the non-contingent liability for the obligation under the SG and NSG guarantees are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Debt securities and fair value of Borrowings at amortized cost are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

NOTE O – COMMERCIAL CREDIT RISK

Commercial credit risk is the exposure to losses that could result from the default of one of the Bank’s investment, trading, or derivative counterparties. The main sources of commercial credit risk are the financial instruments in which the Bank invests its liquidity. The primary objective in the management of the liquid assets is the maintenance of a conservative exposure to credit, market, and liquidity risks. Consequently, the Bank invests only in high quality debt instruments issued by sovereign and sub-sovereign governments, agencies, supranationals, banks and corporate entities, including asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities, as further discussed in Note C - Investments. In addition, the Bank limits its capital market activities to authorized counterparties, issuers and dealers selected on the basis of the Bank’s risk management policies, and establishes exposure and term limits for those counterparties, issuers and dealers based on their size and creditworthiness.

As part of its regular investment, lending, funding and asset and liability management activities, the Bank uses derivative instruments, mostly currency and interest rate swaps, primarily for economic hedging purposes. The Bank has established exposure limits for each derivative counterparty and has entered into master derivative agreements that contain enforceable close-out netting provisions. These master agreements also provide for collateralization in the event that the mark-to-market exposure exceeds


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   114
 

 

certain contractual limits. The Bank does not expect nonperformance by any of its derivative counterparties. As of December 31, 2025, the Bank had received eligible collateral (U.S. Treasuries and cash) of $1,637 million (2024 – $416 million), as required under its master derivative agreements.

The derivative current credit exposures represent the maximum potential loss, based on the gross fair value of the financial instruments, shown in Note L – Derivatives, without consideration of close-out netting provisions on master derivative agreements, the Bank would incur if the parties to the derivative financial instruments failed completely to perform according to the terms of the contracts and the collateral or other security, if any, for the amount due proved to be of no value. As of December 31, 2025, such credit exposures, prior to consideration of any master derivative agreements or posted collateral, were $6,425 million (2024—$7,195 million).

NOTE P – BOARD OF GOVERNORS APPROVED TRANSFERS

The GRF is currently funded by income transfers from the Bank’s Ordinary Capital to make grants appropriate for dealing with special circumstances arising in specific countries or with respect to specific projects.

Ordinary Capital income transfers are subject to the requirements of the Agreement and other applicable financial policies. Additionally, the transfers are only considered if necessary to maintain the GRF’s fund balance at $300 million as of January 1 of each year.

In March 2025, the Board of Governors approved income transfers from the Bank to the GRF amounting to $164 million (2024—$159 million).

NOTE Q – UNDISBURSED STRATEGIC DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS

The following is a summary of changes in Undisbursed strategic development programs for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 (in millions):

 

     2025      2024  

Undisbursed strategic development programs as of January 1,

   $ 251      $ 214  

Strategic development programs approved

     159        159  

Cancellations

     (7      (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Strategic development programs, net

     152        157  

Disbursements

     (124      (120
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Undisbursed strategic development programs as of December 31,

   $ 279      $ 251  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE R – CAPITAL STOCK AND VOTING POWER

Capital stock

There were no changes in subscribed capital during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Voting power

Under the Agreement, each member country shall have 135 votes plus one vote for each voting share of the Bank held by that country. The Agreement also provides that no increase in the capital stock subscription of any member shall have the effect of reducing the voting power of the regional developing members below 50.005%, of the United States below 30%, and of Canada below 4% of the total voting power, leaving the remaining voting power available for non-regional members at a maximum of 15.995%, including approximately 5% for Japan.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   115
 

 

NOTE S – RETAINED EARNINGS

The composition of Retained earnings as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 is as follows (in millions):

 

     2025      2024  

General reserve

   $ 26,706      $ 25,065  

Special reserve

     2,665        2,665  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 29,371      $ 27,730  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   116
 

 

NOTE T – ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Currently, Other comprehensive income (loss) in the Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) is comprised of the effects of the pension and postretirement benefits accounting requirements and changes in instrument specific credit risk for financial liabilities measured under the fair value option. The following is a summary of changes in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI) for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 (in millions):

 

     Translation Adjustments
Allocation
                   
     General
Reserve
     Special
Reserve
    Pension
Adjustments
    Instrument
Specific
Credit Risk
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2023

   $ 1,011        (100     509       (51   $ 1,369  

Recognition of changes in assets/liabilities under retirement benefit plans:

           

Prior service cost

     —         —        —        —        —   

Net actuarial gains

     —         —        (109     —        (109

Reclassification to income-amortization of:

           

Prior service cost

     —         —        1       —        1  

Prior service credit

     —         —        (6     —        (6

Net actuarial losses

     —         —        (50     —        (50

Cumulative catch-up reclassification to AOCI upon adoption

     —         —        —        —        —   

Changes in fair value of borrowings attributable to changes in instrument specific credit risk

     —         —        —        23       23  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2023

     1,011        (100     345       (28     1,228  

Recognition of changes in assets/liabilities under retirement benefit plans:

           

Prior service cost

     —         —        —        —        —   

Net actuarial gains

     —         —        563       —        563  

Reclassification to income-amortization of:

           

Prior service cost

     —         —        1       —        1  

Prior service credit

     —         —        —        —        —   

Net actuarial losses

     —         —        (18     —        (18

Changes in fair value of borrowings attributable to changes in instrument specific credit risk

     —         —        —        (138     (138
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2024

     1,011        (100     891       (166     1,636  

Recognition of changes in assets/liabilities under retirement benefit plans:

           

Prior service credit

     —         —        9       —        9  

Net actuarial gains

     —         —        117       —        117  

Reclassification to income(1) -amortization of:

           

Prior service cost

     —         —        1       —        1  

Prior service credit

     —         —        —        —        —   

Net actuarial losses

     —         —        (62     —        (62

Changes in fair value of borrowings attributable to changes in instrument specific credit risk

     —         —        —        (459     (459
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2025

   $ 1,011      $ (100   $ 956     $ (625   $ 1,242  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in Other components of net pension benefit cost (credit).


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   117
 

 

NOTE U – NET FAIR VALUE ADJUSTMENTS ON NON-TRADING PORTFOLIOS AND FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transaction gains and losses for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 comprise the following (in millions):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2025      2024      2023  

Fair value adjustments gains (losses):

        

Borrowings

   $ (1,905    $ (299    $ (2,235

Derivatives:

        

Interest rate and foreign currency swaps on borrowings

     2,180        475        2,406  

Interest rate and foreign currency swaps on loans funded through borrowings

     (244      (19      (630

Interest rate swaps on loans funded through equity

     600        143        337  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value adjustments gains (losses)

   $ 631      $ 300      $ (122
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign currency transaction gains (losses):

        

Borrowings

   $ (1,583    $ 1,462      $ (821

Derivatives:

        

Interest rate and foreign currency swaps on borrowings

     1,430        (1,158      560  

Interest rate and foreign currency swaps on loans funded through borrowings

     (1,535      1,568        (568

Loans

     1,574        (1,748      689  

Other (1)

     100        (143      161  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign currency transaction gains (losses)

     (14      (19      21  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 617      $ 281      $ (101
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes foreign currency transaction gains (losses) from debt securities amounting to $80 million in 2025 (2024 – ($70) million; 2023 - $126 million).

Net fair value adjustments are mainly a result of the different accounting treatment between loans, which are carried at amortized cost, and the Interest rate and foreign currency swaps on loans, which are carried at fair value. Changes in the fair value of the Interest rate and foreign currency swaps on loans are reflected in earnings, while the changes in the fair value of loans are not as they are carried at amortized cost. In contrast, changes in the fair value of borrowings largely offset the changes in interest rate and foreign currency swaps on borrowings, as the majority of borrowings are carried at fair value. The Bank had net fair value gains on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions of $617 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 (2024 – gains of $281 million; 2023 – losses of $101 million). Unrealized gains or losses in the net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios gradually tend to zero as the related financial instrument’s maturity approaches and their fair values converge with their amortized costs.

The Bank transacts in multiple currencies. However, assets and liabilities, after swaps, are substantially held in United States dollars. The Bank seeks to minimize exchange rate risk by matching the currencies of its liabilities with those of its assets and by maintaining substantially all its equity in United States dollars. Accordingly, exchange rate fluctuations have a minimum impact on earnings.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   118
 

 

NOTE V – PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

The Bank has three defined benefit retirement plans (the Plans) for providing pension benefits to employees of the Bank and IDB Invest: the Staff Retirement Plan (SRP) and the Complementary Staff Retirement Plan (CSRP) for international employees of the Bank and IDB Invest (the CSRP is reported as part of the SRP), and the Local Retirement Plan (LRP) for national IDB employees in the country offices. The Plans are funded by employee, the Bank (for SRP, LRP and CSRP) and IDB Invest (for SRP and CSRP) contributions in accordance with the provisions of the Plans’ Documents. All Bank and IDB Invest contributions to the Plans are irrevocable, held in custody, and administered separately and apart from the Bank’s assets, in retirement funds solely for the payment of benefits under the Plans.

The Bank also provides health care, tax reimbursement, and certain other benefits to retired staff. Employees who retire, receive a monthly pension from the Bank or IDB Invest, and meet certain requirements, are eligible for postretirement benefits. Retirees contribute toward the Bank’s health care program based on an established premium schedule. The Bank and IDB Invest contribute the remainder of the actuarially determined contribution of future postretirement benefits under the Postretirement Benefits Plan (PRBP). The Bank also provides retiree life insurance program (RLIP) benefits to retired staff and eligible staff-related beneficiaries. The RLIP is reported as part of the PRBP. While all contributions and other assets and income of the RLIP and the PRBP remain the property of the Bank, they are held in custody and administered separately and apart from the other property and assets of the Bank and IDB Invest solely for the purpose of payment of benefits under the RLIP and the PRBP.

Since both the Bank and IDB Invest participate in the SRP, CSRP and PRBP, each employer presents its respective share of these plans. The amounts presented below reflect the Bank’s share of costs, assets, and obligations of the SRP, CSRP and PRBP; as the Bank is the sole sponsor in the LRP and RLIP, the amounts presented below reflect the full costs, assets, and obligations of the LRP and RLIP.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   119
 

 

Obligations and Funded Status

The Bank uses a December 31 measurement date for the Plans and the PRBP (including the RLIP). The following table summarizes the Bank’s change in benefit obligation, change in plan assets, and resulting funded status of the Plans, and the PRBP, as well as the amounts recognized on the Bank’s Balance Sheet as of and for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 (in millions):

 

     Pension Benefits     Postretirement Benefits  
     2025     2024     2023     2025     2024     2023  

Change in benefit obligation

            

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

   $ 4,609     $ 4,928     $ 4,607     $ 1,838     $ 1,904     $ 1,755  

Service cost

     80       94       84       30       34       28  

Interest cost

     249       233       226       96       93       86  

Net transfers (out of) into the plan

     1       —        —        1       —        1  

Employer contributions

     —        —        —        —        —        —   

Plan participants’ contributions

     34       32       30       —        —        —   

Retiree drug subsidy received

     —        —        —        1       1       1  

Plan amendment

     —        —        —        (9     —        —   

Benefits paid

     (226     (214     (201     (79     (67     (62

Net actuarial (gains) losses

     32       (464     182       242       (127     95  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation, end of year

     4,779       4,609       4,928       2,120       1,838       1,904  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

            

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

     5,084       4,894       4,562       2,260       2,157       1,985  

Net transfers (out of) into the plan

     1       —        —        1       —        1  

Actual return on plan assets

     620       307       440       276       140       199  

Employer contribution

     68       65       63       33       30       34  

Plan participants’ contributions

     34       32       30       —        —        —   

Benefits paid

     (226     (214     (201     (79     (67     (62
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

     5,581       5,084       4,894       2,491       2,260       2,157  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status, end of year

   $ 802     $ 475     $ (34   $ 371     $ 422     $ 253  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:

            

Net actuarial (gains) losses

   $ (740   $ (532   $ (93   $ (211   $ (364   $ (258

Prior service cost (credit)

     4       5       6       (10     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ (736   $ (527   $ (87   $ (221   $ (365   $ (259
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no Plans with the projected benefit obligations in excess of fair value of Plans’ assets, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

There were no plans with accumulated benefit obligations or accumulated postretirement benefit obligations in excess of plan assets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

The accumulated benefit obligation for the pension Plans, which excludes the effect of future salary increases, was $4,474 million and $4,308 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Net periodic benefit cost and other changes in Plan assets and benefit obligations for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 consist of the following components (in millions):

Net Periodic Benefit Cost:

 

 

     Pension Benefits     Postretirement Benefits  
     2025     2024     2023     2025     2024     2023  

Service cost (1)

   $ 80     $ 94     $ 84     $ 30     $ 34     $ 28  

Interest cost (2)

     249       233       226       96       93       86  

Expected return on Plan assets (2)

     (349     (329     (327     (156     (146     (143

Amortization of: (2)

            

Prior service cost (credit)

     1       1       1       —        —        (6

Net actuarial (gains)/losses

     (31     (3     (18     (31     (15     (32
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ (50   $ (4   $ (34   $ (61   $ (34   $ (67
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 
(1)

Included in Administrative expenses.

(2)

Included in Other components of net pension benefit cost.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   120
 

 

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligation Recognized in Other Comprehensive (Income) Loss:

 

     Pension Benefits     Postretirement Benefits  
     2025     2024     2023     2025     2024     2023  

Net actuarial (gains) losses

   $ (239   $ (442   $ 70     $ 122     $ (121   $ 39  

Prior service cost (credit)

     —        —        —        (9     —        —   

Amortization of:

            

Prior service (cost) credit

     (1     (1     (1     —        —        6  

Net actuarial gains/(losses)

     31       3       18       31       15       32  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in Other comprehensive (income) loss

   $ (209   $ (440   $ 87     $ 144     $ (106   $ 77  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and Other comprehensive (income) loss

   $ (259   $ (444   $ 53     $ 83     $ (140   $ 10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actuarial Assumptions

The actuarial assumptions used in the Plans’ valuations are based on financial markets, interest rates, past experience, and Management’s best estimate of future benefit changes and economic conditions. Changes in these assumptions will impact future benefit costs and obligations. Actuarial gains and losses occur when actual results are different from expected results. Actuarial gains and losses recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which exceed 10% of the greater of the benefit obligation or market-related value of Plan assets at the beginning of the period, are amortized to income over the average remaining service period of active employees expected to receive benefits under the SRP, LRP and PRBP, which approximates 10.4, 9.9 and 10.6 years, respectively. The remaining unrecognized prior service cost period is approximately 4 years and for the unrecognized prior service credit is approximately 10 years.

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost were as follows:

 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation at December 31,    Pension Benefits     Postretirement Benefits  
   2025     2024     2023     2025     2024     2023  

Discount rate - SRP

     5.51     5.50     4.80      

Discount rate - LRP

     5.59     5.53     4.82      

Discount rate - PRBP

           5.59     5.53     4.82

Discount rate - RLIP

           5.61     5.52     4.81

Rate of salary increase SRP

     4.17     4.18     4.24      

Rate of salary increase LRP

     5.37     5.40     5.38      

Rate of inflation

     2.38     2.38     2.42     2.38     2.38     2.42

 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the year ended December 31,    Pension Benefits     Postretirement Benefits  
   2025     2024     2023     2025     2024     2023  

Discount rate - SRP

     5.50     4.80     5.00      

Discount rate - LRP

     5.53     4.82     5.01      

Discount rate - PRBP

           5.53     4.82     5.01

Discount rate - RLIP

           5.52     4.81     5.00

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     6.50     6.25     6.50     6.50     6.25     6.50

Rate of salary increase SRP

     4.18     4.24     4.26      

Rate of salary increase LRP

     5.40     5.38     5.41      

Rate of inflation

     2.38     2.42     2.47     2.38     2.42     2.47


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   121
 

 

Accumulated and projected benefit obligations are measured as the present value of expected payments. The discount rate used is selected in reference to the year-end yield of AA-rated U.S. corporate bonds within the approved Financial Times Stock Exchange Pension Liability Index, with maturities that correspond to the payment of benefits. For the assumed rate of U.S. inflation, the Bank has established a process by which a range of inputs is reviewed, including 20-year forward looking expert opinion forecasts, projections from the U.S. Federal Reserve System for 20-year inflation rates, and historical averages for the U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (TIPS) breakeven rates.

The actuarial gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were ($274) million and $591 million, respectively. These amounts mainly reflect the results of the PRBP experience review performed in 2025, which the IDB performs every five years, and changes in discount rates affecting the Plans’ and PRBP’s benefit obligations in 2024.

The long-term expected rate of return on the Plans’ investments was determined by surveying industry leading external providers’ capital market assumptions, mostly using a building-block method. Using capital market assumptions as the base, best estimates of expected future nominal rates of return are assigned for each asset class, including expected excess returns over benchmark indices, and netting out investment expenses. The estimated future nominal returns of the asset classes are combined to produce the Plans’ long-term expected rates of return. The Plans’ strategic asset allocations (target weight to each asset class) are then multiplied by each asset class’s expected future nominal rate of return. Respective volatilities and covariances across asset classes are also incorporated. Then, the Bank’s approved long-term rate of inflation, that is consistent with the long-term horizon for computing expected returns, is deducted from the nominal expected rates of return to derive the expected real rates of return.

For participants assumed to retire in the U.S., the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was determined using the following health care cost trend rates at December 31:

 

     2025     2024     2023  

Health care cost trend rates assumed for next year:

      

Medical (non-Medicare)

     8.00     7.00     5.50

Medical (Medicare)

     8.00     7.00     5.00

Prescription drugs

     9.00     8.00     8.00

Dental

     4.50     4.50     4.50

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate):

      

Medical (non-Medicare)

     4.50     4.50     4.50

Medical (Medicare)

     3.50     3.00     3.00

Prescription drugs

     6.00     6.00     6.00

Dental

     4.50     4.50     4.50

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate:

      

Medical (non-Medicare)

     2030       2029       2027  

Medical (Medicare)

     2031       2031       2028  

Prescription drugs

     2029       2028       2027  

Dental

     2025       2024       2023  

For those participants assumed to retire outside of the U.S., a 9% health care cost trend rate was used for 2025 (2024 - 7%; 2023 - 7.5%) with an ultimate trend rate of 4.5% reached in 2030.

Plans’ Assets

The Plans’ and PRBP’s assets are managed primarily by external investment managers employed by the Bank, who adhere to Committee-approved investment guidelines that reflect the Plans’ and PRBP’s investment policies. Investment policies with long-term strategic asset allocations have been developed so that there is an expectation of sufficient returns to meet long-term funding needs. The Plans’ assets include both main funds within the asset classes approved by the Managing Committee, and their low-risk Stabilization Reserve Funds. The main fund investment policies allocate 60% to 70% with a target of 65% of the Plans’ portfolios to growth-oriented, inflation-hedging assets (the Return Strategies), and 30% to 40% with a target of 35% of assets to nominal and inflation-indexed US fixed income which partially hedge the interest rate in the liabilities of the Plans and PRPB, and to protect against economic downturn


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   122
 

 

(the Liabilities Strategies). The Stabilization Reserve Funds invest in Liabilities Strategies only, specifically short/intermediate term U.S. fixed income.

The Investment Policy Statements (IPS) comply with the Bank’s Risk Appetite and Long-Term Funding policies. The IPS Strategic Asset Allocations (SAA) for SRP, LRP and PRBP includes the existing asset classes. The IPS SAA target allocations as of December 31, 2025, are as follows:

 

     SRP     LRP     PRBP  

U.S. equities

     19     19     19

Non - U.S. equities

     12     12     12

Emerging markets equities

     4     4     4

Public real estate

     3     3     3

Long duration diversified fixed income

     21     21     21

Core fixed income

     4     4     4

High yield fixed income

     3     3     3

U.S. inflation-indexed fixed income

     10     10     10

Emerging markets fixed income

     3     3     3

Private real estate

     7     7     7

Public Infrastructure

     3     3     3

Private Infrastructure

     5     5     5

Tactical Asset Allocation

     6     6     6

Short-term fixed income funds

     0     0     0

Stabilization Reserve Fund:

      

Core fixed income

     50     50     50

U.S. inflation-indexed fixed income

     30     30     30

Cash/Short-term fixed income funds

     20     20     20

Investment and asset class risk is monitored, managed and mitigated by continuous oversight of each asset class level and investment manager, regular rebalancing of assets among asset classes, and compliance with the Plans’ investment policies and the Boards of Executive Directors’ Plan-related Policies. Investment managers are generally not allowed to invest more than 5% of their respective portfolios in the securities of a single issuer other than the U.S. Government. The use of derivatives by an investment manager for the Plans and PRBP is limited, and subject to specific approval by the Managing Committees of the Plans and PRBP. Investments are generally rebalanced monthly within IPS targets ranges using cash flows and other transactions.

The asset classes in which the Plans and PRBP invest are described below:

 

   

U.S. equities: For the Plans and PRBP, commingled funds that invest, long-only, in U.S. publicly traded common stocks. Managers of the funds replicate or optimize the all-capitalization (cap) Russell 3000 Index. For the SRP and PRBP only, approximately 32% of U.S. equities assets are actively managed in separate accounts holding individual stocks;

 

   

Non - U.S. equities: For the Plans and PRBP, commingled funds that invest, long-only, in non-U.S. developed market publicly traded common stocks. Managers of the funds replicate or optimize the large/mid-cap MSCI WORLD EX-USA Index and/or the large/mid-cap MSCI EAFE Index. For the SRP and PRBP only, approximately 67% of non-U.S. equities assets are actively managed in separate accounts holding individual stocks. Approximately 50% of the non-U.S. equity exposure is hedged back to U.S. dollars;

 

   

Emerging markets equities: For the Plans and PRBP, actively managed commingled funds and/or mutual fund that invest, long-only, in emerging markets publicly traded common stocks. Managers of the funds select securities, based upon fundamental characteristics, which are generally comprised within the large/mid-cap MSCI Emerging Markets Free Index;

 

   

Public real estate: For the SRP, LRP and PRBP only, separate accounts which hold, long-only, publicly traded real estate securities. The accounts are actively managed based upon fundamental characteristics, investing in securities generally comprised within the MSCI U.S. REIT Index;

 

   

Long duration diversified fixed income: For the SRP and PRBP only, long duration fixed income assets are actively managed in separate accounts holding publicly traded individual bonds generally comprised within the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Long Government/Credit Bond Index.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   123
 

 

 

For the LRP and CSRP only, actively managed commingled funds and/or mutual funds that invest, long-only, in publicly traded long duration government and credit securities. Managers of the funds select securities, based upon fundamental characteristics, which are generally comprised within the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Long Government/Credit Bond Index, as well as opportunistic investments in non-index securities;

 

   

Core fixed income: For the Plans and PRBP, actively managed commingled funds that invest, long-only, in publicly traded intermediate duration government and credit securities. Managers of the funds select securities, based upon fundamental characteristics, which are generally comprised within the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index, as well as opportunistic investments in non-index securities;

 

   

High yield fixed income: For the SRP and PRBP only, assets are actively managed in a separate account holding publicly traded individual securities, and for the LRP only, in an actively managed commingled fund. For the three Plans, the investible universe is generally comprised of the securities within the Bloomberg Barclays High Yield 2% Constrained Index, as well as opportunistic investments in publicly traded non-index securities. High yield securities are financial obligations of U.S. companies, rated below investment-grade by at least one of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations;

 

   

U.S. inflation-indexed fixed income: For the Plans and PRBP, investment in publicly traded individual U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities in accounts managed internally. For the SRP, PRBP, LRP and CSRP, replicate or optimize the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Treasury Inflation Notes 10+ Years Index. For the SRP, LRP and PRBP Stabilization Reserve Funds, replicate or optimize the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Treasury Inflation TIPS 0-5 Years Index. For the RLIP, replicates or optimizes the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Inflation Linked Bonds Index;

 

   

Emerging markets fixed income: For the Plans and PRBP, actively managed commingled funds that invest, long-only, in publicly traded emerging markets fixed income. The funds invest in sovereign and sub-sovereign U.S. dollar—  and local-denominated debt. Managers of the funds invest in securities generally comprised within the J.P. Morgan EMBI Global Diversified Index, as well as opportunistic investments in non-index securities.

 

   

Private real estate: For the Plans and PRBP, open-end commingled funds which invest, long-only, in U.S. real estate properties. The funds are actively managed based upon fundamental characteristics of the properties;

 

   

Public Infrastructure: For the SRP, LRP and PRBP only, assets are managed in a separate account holding publicly traded individual stocks traded in the U.S. and developed non-U.S. markets; the accounts are actively managed based upon fundamental characteristics, investing in securities generally comprised within the MSCI World Infrastructure Index. For the CSRP, an index exchange-traded fund that invests, long-only, in U.S. and developed non-U.S. markets publicly traded common stocks within the infrastructure industries.

 

   

Private Infrastructure: For the SRP, LRP and PRBP only, an actively managed, open-end commingled fund which invests, long-only, in U.S. and developed non-U.S. markets private equity within the infrastructure sector.

 

   

Tactical Asset Allocation: For the SRP, LRP and PRBP only, actively managed mutual funds and a limited partnership that invest in U.S. and developed markets equities, fixed income, commodities and currencies, investments could shift due to opportunistic behavior within these markets;

 

   

Short-term fixed income funds: For SRP, LRP, and CSRP, a commingled fund, for PRBP and RLIP, a mutual fund, that invest, long-only, in publicly traded U.S. Government securities with maturities of less than 18 months. Managers of the funds invest in short-term government securities only, which are benchmarked against the Merrill Lynch 3-month Treasury Bill Index.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   124
 

 

During 2025, the Board approved the following new stable contribution rates:

 

     SRP     LRP     CSRP     PRBP     RLIP  

Contribution rates

     20     20     0     10     0

The newly approved contribution rates will remain in place as long as the ratio of the Plan’s total assets, including reserves, to its funding liability stays within the range of 90%-110%.

The following tables set forth the investments of the Plans and PRBP as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, which are measured at fair value and presented together with their weighted-average allocation, by level within the fair value hierarchy (in millions). As required by the fair value measurements accounting framework, these investments are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Investments in funds that do not have a readily determinable fair value are measured at net asset value as a practical expedient and are not classified within the fair value hierarchy.

Plans’ Assets:

 

Category of Investments

   Level 1      Level 2(1)      Level 3      Fair Value
Measurements
December 31, 2025
    Weighted
Average
Allocations
 

Equity and equity funds

             

U.S. equities

   $ 273      $ 680      $ —       $ 953       17

Non - U.S. equities

     354        251        —         605       11

Emerging markets equities

     112        98        —         210       4

Public real estate equities

     154        —         —         154       3

Public infrastructure equities

     214        —         —         214       4

Government and diversified fixed income and fixed income funds

             

Long duration U.S. Government and Agencies fixed income

     473        14        —         487       9

Long duration diversified fixed income

     46        536        —         582       10

Core fixed income

     —         482        —         482       8

Emerging markets fixed income

     —         154        —         154       3

High yield fixed income

     —         145        —         145       3

U.S. inflation-indexed fixed income

     656        —         —         656       11

Tactical asset allocation (2)

     196        108        —         304       5

Short-term fixed income funds

     14        184        —         198       3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,492      $ 2,652      $ —       $ 5,144       91

Investments measured at net asset value

 

          

Private real estate funds

              325       6

Private infrastructure funds

              179       3
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

              5,648       100
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other liabilities (3)

              (67  
           

 

 

   

Total

            $ 5,581    
           

 

 

   

 

(1)

Investments in this fair value hierarchy level are made through investment vehicles that may include commingled funds and limited partnerships.

(2)

The TAA may consist of investment in equities, fixed income, and other alternative investments including currencies and commodities. TAA allocates among asset classes based on the investment managers´ assessment of relative value, with the goal of delivering equity-like returns with lower volatility. Some strategies may employ shorting and/or leverage to achieve investment goals. As of December 31, 2025, the total TAA consisted of approximately 61% in equities, 33% in fixed income, 4% in alternative investment holdings and 2% in cash.

(3)

Mainly payables for investments purchased.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   125
 

 

Category of Investments

   Level 1      Level 2(1)      Level 3      Fair Value
Measurements
December 31, 2024
    Weighted
Average
Allocations
 

Equity and equity funds

             

U.S. equities

   $ 386      $ 499      $ —       $ 885       17

Non - U.S. equities

     307        221        —         528       10

Emerging markets equities

     92        95        —         187       4

Public real estate equities

     173        —         —         173       3

Public infrastructure equities

     210        —         —         210       4

Government and diversified fixed income and fixed income funds

             

Long duration U.S. Government and Agencies fixed income

     401        5        —         406       8

Long duration diversified fixed income

     41        490        —         531       10

Core fixed income

     —         411        —         411       8

Emerging markets fixed income

     —         139        —         139       3

High yield fixed income

     —         142        —         142       3

U.S. inflation-indexed fixed income

     577        —         —         577       11

Tactical asset allocation (2)

     183        109        —         292       6

Short-term fixed income funds

     5        230        —         235       5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,375      $ 2,341      $ —       $ 4,716       92

Investments measured at net asset value

             

Private real estate funds

              251       5

Private infrastructure funds

              160       3
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

              5,127       100
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other liabilities (3)

              (43  
           

 

 

   

Total

            $ 5,084    
           

 

 

   

 

(1)

Investments in this fair value hierarchy level are made through investment vehicles that may include commingled funds.

(2)

The TAA may consist of investment in equities, fixed income, and other alternative investments including currencies and commodities. TAA allocates among asset classes based on the investment managers’ assessment of relative value, with the goal of delivering equity-like returns with lower volatility. Some strategies may employ shorting and/or leverage to achieve investment goals. As of December 31, 2024, the total TAA consisted of approximately 61% in equities, 36% in fixed income, 2% in alternative investment holdings and 1% in cash.

(3)

Mainly payables for investments purchased.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   126
 

 

PRBP Assets:

 

Category of Investments

   Level 1      Level 2(1)      Level 3      Fair Value
Measurements
December 31, 2025
    Weighted
Average
Allocations
 

Equity and equity funds

             

U.S. equities

   $ 132      $ 314      $ —       $ 446       18

Non - U.S. equities

     172        103        —         275       11

Emerging markets equities

     51        43        —         94       4

Public real estate equities

     69        —         —         69       3

Public infrastructure equities

     92        —         —         92       4

Government and diversified fixed income and fixed income funds

             

Long duration U.S. Government and Agencies fixed income

     228        7        —         235       9

Long duration diversified fixed income

     —         240        —         240       9

Core fixed income

     —         202        —         202       8

Emerging markets fixed income

     —         68        —         68       3

High yield fixed income

     —         64        —         64       3

U.S. inflation-indexed fixed income

     284        —         —         284       11

Tactical asset allocation (2)

     89        47        —         136       5

Short-term fixed income funds

     71        1        —         72       3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,188      $ 1,089      $ —       $ 2,277       91

Investments measured at net asset value

             

Private real estate funds

              159       6

Private infrastructure funds

              86       3
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

              2,522       100
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other liabilities (3)

              (31  
           

 

 

   

Total

            $ 2,491    
           

 

 

   

 

(1)

Investments in this fair value hierarchy level are made through investment vehicles that may include commingled funds and limited partnerships.

(2)

The TAA may consist of investment in equities, fixed income, and other alternative investments including currencies and commodities. TAA allocates among asset classes based on the investment managers´ assessment of relative value, with the goal of delivering equity-like returns with lower volatility. Some strategies may employ shorting and/or leverage to achieve investment goals. As of December 31, 2025, the total TAA consisted of approximately 61% in equities, 33% in fixed income, 4% in alternative investment holdings and 2% in cash.

(3)

Mainly payables for investments purchased.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   127
 

 

Category of Investments

   Level 1      Level 2(1)      Level 3      Fair Value
Measurements
December 31, 2024
    Weighted
Average
Allocations
 

Equity and equity funds

             

U.S. equities

   $ 192      $ 231      $ —       $ 423       19

Non - U.S. equities

     136        99        —         235       10

Emerging markets equities

     44        41        —         85       4

Public real estate equities

     79        —         —         79       3

Public infrastructure equities

     90        —         —         90       4

Government and diversified fixed income and fixed income funds

             

Long duration U.S. Government and Agencies fixed income

     197        3        —         200       9

Long duration diversified fixed income

     —         222        —         222       10

Core fixed income

     —         179        —         179       8

Emerging markets fixed income

     —         62        —         62       3

High yield fixed income

     —         53        —         53       2

U.S. inflation-indexed fixed income

     251        —         —         251       11

Tactical asset allocation (2)

     82        48        —         130       6

Short-term fixed income funds

     76        1        —         77       3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,147      $ 939      $ —       $ 2,086       92

Investments measured at net asset value

             

Private real estate funds

              119       5

Private infrastructure funds

              77       3
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

              2,282       100
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other liabilities (3)

              (22  
           

 

 

   

Total

            $ 2,260    
           

 

 

   

 

(1)

Investments in this fair value hierarchy level are made through investment vehicles that may include commingled funds.

(2)

The TAA may consist of investment in equities, fixed income, and other alternative investments including currencies and commodities. TAA allocates among asset classes based on the investment managers´ assessment of relative value, with the goal of delivering equity-like returns with lower volatility. Some strategies may employ shorting and/or leverage to achieve investment goals. As of December 31, 2024, the total TAA consisted of approximately 61% in equities, 36% in fixed income, 2% in alternative investment holdings and 1% in cash.

(3)

Mainly payables for investments purchased.

Investment securities that are measured at fair value based on quoted market prices in active markets, a valuation technique consistent with the market approach, include U.S., non-U.S., public real estate and infrastructure individual equity holdings, public infrastructure exchange-traded funds, fixed income, emerging markets equity and tactical asset allocation mutual funds, U.S. Treasury and U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed fixed income securities. Such securities are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

Investment securities that are measured at fair value based on quoted market prices for similar assets in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, a valuation technique consistent with the market approach, include corporate, non-U.S. government, high yield, municipal fixed income, and commercial mortgage-backed securities. Also included are proprietary investment managers’ commingled funds investing in U.S., non-U.S. developed and emerging markets equities, emerging markets fixed income, core, and long-duration fixed income funds, and/or short-term fixed income investments. These commingled funds and limited partnerships are not publicly traded and are measured at fair value based on the net asset value per share, which is determined and published and is the basis for current transactions. Such investments are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Proprietary investment managers’ funds investing in private real estate and infrastructure do not have readily determinable fair value and are measured at the net asset value as a practical expedient. Such investments are not classified within the fair value hierarchy.

These Investments can be redeemed once per quarter or semi-annually, subject to available cash as determined by the funds’ trustees under normal circumstances. A written withdrawal request is required


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   128
 

 

45 or 90 days prior to quarter end. As of December 31, 2025, the Plans and the PRBP had outstanding capital commitments of $169 million and outstanding redemption requests totaling $50 million.

Contributions

Contributions from the Bank to the Plans and PRBP during 2026 are expected to be approximately $68 million and $32 million, respectively. All contributions are made in cash.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following table shows the expected benefit payments, including amounts related to future service, where applicable, for each of the next five years and in the aggregate for the subsequent five-year period (in millions). These amounts are based on the same assumptions used to measure the benefit obligation at December 31, 2025.

 

Year

   Plans      PRBP  

2026

   $ 238      $ 82  

2027

     247        87  

2028

     256        92  

2029

     265        98  

2030

     275        103  

2031 – 2035

     1,506        587  


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   129
 

 

NOTE W – RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME TO NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES

A reconciliation of Net income to Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, as shown on the Statement of Cash Flows, is as follows (in millions):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2025      2024      2023  

Net income

   $ 1,641      $ 1,296      $ 1,179  

Difference between amounts accrued and amounts paid or collected for:

        

Developmental assets income

     229        110        (367

Income from investments

     (359      (338      (388

Other asset/liability management derivatives

     (46      5        108  

Other income

     5        13        4  

Interest and other costs of borrowings, after swaps

     (202      (64      392  

Administrative expenses, including depreciation

     74        85        55  

Strategic development programs

     28        37        (12

Transfers to the IDB Grant Facility

     (32      1        (19

Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions

     (617      (281      101  

Net unrealized (gains) losses on trading investments

     (20      30        62  

Other components of net pension benefit costs

     (221      (166      (213

Net increase (decrease) in trading investments

     (1,270      (3,316      466  

Provision for developmental assets credit losses

     111        7        61  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (679    $ (2,581    $ 1,429  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities

        

Increase (decrease) resulting from exchange rate fluctuations:

        

Trading investments

   $ 48      $ (83    $ 44  

Loans outstanding

     39        (181      120  

Debt securities

     80        (70      126  

Borrowings

     154        (305      260  

Receivable from members, net

     (19      17        (7

NOTE X – SEGMENT REPORTING AND CONCENTRATIONS

Management has determined that the Bank has only one reportable segment since the Bank does not manage its operations by allocating resources based on a determination of the contributions to net income of individual operations. The Bank primarily earns income from one operating and reportable segment, its development financing activities. The Bank does not differentiate between the nature of its development financing products or services provided, the preparation process, or the method for providing services among individual countries.

The Bank’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) is the President. The CODM uses Operating income and Net income to assess the Bank’s financial performance and allocate resources through the annual administrative budget and financial planning processes. The measure of segment assets is reported as total assets on the Balance sheets. As of December 31, 2025, total assets were $160,961 million (2024 - $155,368 million).

The Bank does not have any intra-entity sales or transfers.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   130
 

 

The following table (in millions) illustrates information about segment income, significant segment expenses, and segment operating profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2025      2024      2023  

Net interest income

        

Interest income

   $ 7,501      $ 8,261      $ 8,049  

Borrowing expenses

     (5,607      (6,359      (6,041
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     1,894        1,902        2,008  

Provision for developmental assets credit losses

     (111      (7      (61

Non-interest income (1)

     278        183        210  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,061        2,078        2,157  

Non-interest expenses

        

Staff Costs (2)

     579        559        517  

Other segment expenses (3)

     515        511        433  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,094        1,070        950  

Operating Income

     967        1,008        1,207  

Net fair value adjustments on non-trading portfolios and foreign currency transactions (4)

     617        281        (101

Other components of net pension benefit (cost) credit

     221        166        213  

Board of Governors approved transfers (4)

     (164      (159      (140
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 1,641      $ 1,296      $ 1,179  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Non-interest income includes net investment gains (losses), Other loan income, and Other income.

(2)

Includes pension service cost amounting to $110 million (2024 - $128 million; 2023 - $112 million)

(3)

Other segment expenses include consultant fees, operational travel, other administrative expenses, and strategic development programs expenses.

(4)

Income volatility resulting from the fair value adjustment on non-trading financial instruments and income transfers to IDB Grant Facility are components included in the net income measure used by the CODM to assess the Bank’s financial performance and allocate resources.

For the years 2025, 2024 and 2023, loans made to or guaranteed by countries individually generated in excess of 10% of loan income, before swaps, as follows (in millions):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2025      2024      2023  

Argentina

   $ 977      $ 968      $ 904  

Brazil

     963        1,055        1,047  

Other countries

     3,646        3,961        3,850  

NOTE Y – CONTINGENCIES

In the normal course of its business, the Bank is from time to time named as a defendant or co-defendant in various legal actions on different grounds in various jurisdictions. Although there can be no assurances, based on the information currently available, Management does not believe the outcome of any of the various existing legal actions will have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The macroeconomic performance and credit ratings of IDB’s borrowing member countries are affected by factors such as geopolitical risks and shifts in monetary and fiscal policies. Such uncertainties may impact the fair value of the Bank’s investments and the credit worthiness of the Bank’s borrowers. The Bank has capital buffers in place to absorb additional stress and credit rating downgrades.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   131
 

 

NOTE Z – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In 2016, the transfer of operational and administrative functions and non-financial resources associated with NSG activities from the Bank to IDB Invest became effective. NSG activities were originated by IDB Invest and co-financed by the Bank and IDB Invest until December 31, 2022. Since January 1, 2023. the Bank no longer co-finances private sector projects with IDB Invest. However, the Bank continues to outsource to IDB Invest the portfolio management activities of its NSG developmental assets, except for loans and guarantees issued under the SFP and SEP.

IDB Invest’s capitalization plan included additional capital to be contributed by IDB Invest shareholders as well as shareholder capital contributions to be funded through capital distributions by IDB on behalf of its shareholders. These capital distributions were intended to be completed during the period 2018-2025 and for a total amount of $725 million. These capital distributions were conditional upon annual Board of Governors’ approval. In February 2024, the Board of Governors approved an accelerated capital distribution of the remaining $143 million distribution to the shareholders of the Bank for a concurrent capital contribution to IDB Invest on behalf of the Bank’s shareholders, that was recorded as Distributions on behalf of shareholders in the Statement of Income and Retained Earnings. The shareholders received additional Capital Stock in IDB Invest as a result of these transactions. All capital distributions related to IDB Invest’s capitalization plan were completed in 2024.

Also, the Bank and IDB Invest entered into one-year, renewable service level agreements for certain administrative and overhead services that mainly include human resources and information technology support provided by the Bank, as well as loan origination, execution and monitoring services provided to the Bank. The total fees for the services provided by the Bank to IDB Invest, and those provided by IDB Invest to the Bank are $29 million and $20 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2025 (2024 - $26 million and $24 million, respectively; 2023 - $22 million and $28 million, respectively).

During 2025, the Bank sold an NSG loan to IDB Invest with a notional amount of $80 million (2024 - none).

The Bank also charges fees for the administration of the Multilateral Investment Fund III (MIF), funds held in trust and managed on behalf of donors, such as member countries, other international organizations, and other entities, for purposes consistent with the Bank’s objectives of promoting economic and social development in its regional developing members. These funds are mainly used to co-finance the Bank’s lending projects, to provide grants, and to fund technical assistance activities, including project preparation and training. These fees are reported as Other income and are recognized ratably over time as services are provided, or upfront when contributions from donors are received. The total fees for the services provided by the Bank for the funds held in trust and managed on behalf of donors and for the administration of the MIF are $14 million and $2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2025 (2024- $17 million and $2 million, respectively; 2023 - $16 million and $2 million, respectively).

As of December 31, 2025, the Bank received deposits from central banks and official institutions in the Bank’s member countries totaling $503 million with maturities of up to 30 days (2024 – $237 million).

During 2020, the Bank entered into a 10-year guarantee and cooperation agreement (Agreement) with Sweden, a member country of the Bank, under which Sweden (through the Swedish International Development Cooperation Agency) will guarantee up to $100 million of eligible lending exposure to the Federal Government of Brazil. This Agreement allows the Bank to increase lending support by up to $300 million for new projects in Bolivia, Colombia, and Guatemala. During the term of the guarantee, if sovereign-guaranteed loans made to or guaranteed by the Federal Government of Brazil were classified in nonaccrual status (i.e., payment arrears for more than 180 days), Sweden will compensate the Bank for up to $100 million of the loan outstanding principal in nonaccrual status. At the end of the nonaccrual event, the Bank will reimburse Sweden for any principal that is recovered with respect to the nonaccrual event. The guaranteed exposure under this guarantee was $83 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and there were no nonaccrual events associated with loans made to or guaranteed by Brazil.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   132
 

 

In 2024, the Bank entered into another Agreement by which Sweden (through the Swedish International Development Cooperation Agency) agreed to guarantee up to $250 million of eligible lending exposure to the Governments of Brazil, Argentina and Ecuador for 22 years. The Agreement allows the Bank to increase lending support by up to $469 million for new projects in Bolivia, Brazil, Colombia, Ecuador, Guyana, Peru, Suriname, or Venezuela (8) . During the term of the guarantee, if sovereign-guaranteed loans made to or guaranteed by the Governments of Brazil, Argentina and Ecuador were classified in nonaccrual status (i.e., payment arrears for more than 180 days), Sweden will compensate the Bank for up to $250 million of the loan outstanding principal in nonaccrual status. At the end of the nonaccrual event, the Bank will reimburse Sweden for any principal that is recovered with respect to the nonaccrual event. The guaranteed exposure under this guarantee was $107 million as of December 31, 2025 (December 31, 2024 - none), and there were no nonaccrual events associated with loans made to or guaranteed by Brazil, Argentina, or Ecuador.

In 2025, the Bank entered into three separate guarantee agreements with Sweden (through the Swedish International Development Cooperation Agency), Norway (through the Norwegian Agency for Development Cooperation), and Denmark (through Impact Fund Denmark) (collectively, the “Nordic Guarantee Agreements”), each a member country of the Bank. Pursuant to the Nordic Guarantee Agreements, Sweden and Norway each agreed to guarantee up to $50 million, and Denmark agreed to guarantee up to $100 million of eligible sovereign-guaranteed lending exposure to the Governments of Brazil, Argentina, and Ecuador for a term of 22 years. The Nordic Guarantee Agreements, which are substantially similar, collectively allow the Bank to increase lending support by up to $780 million for new projects in Bolivia, Brazil, Colombia, Ecuador, Guyana, Peru, Suriname, Belize, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, Panama, and the Dominican Republic. During the term of the Nordic Guarantee Agreements, if sovereign-guaranteed loans made to or guaranteed by the Governments of Brazil, Argentina, or Ecuador are classified as nonaccrual (i.e., payment arrears for more than 180 days), Sweden and Norway will each compensate the Bank for up to $50 million of the outstanding loan principal in nonaccrual status and Denmark will compensate the Bank for up to $100 million. At the end of the nonaccrual event, the Bank will reimburse Sweden, Norway, and Denmark for any principal that is recovered with respect to such nonaccrual event. There was no guaranteed exposure under these agreements as of December 31, 2025, and there were no nonaccrual events associated with loans made to or guaranteed by Brazil, Argentina, or Ecuador.

Other significant transactions with IDB Invest, GRF and Pension Plans are disclosed in the Note to which they relate.

NOTE AA - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated subsequent events through February 18, 2026, which is the date the financial statements were issued. As a result of this evaluation, there are no subsequent events that require recognition or disclosure in the Bank’s financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025.

 
(8) 

Refer to the “Past Due, Nonaccrual and Individually Assessed Loans” section in Note F – Credit Risk from Developmental Assets and Related Off-Balance-Sheet Exposures.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   133
 

 

SCHEDULE I-1(1)

SCHEDULE OF LOANS

December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

     Outstanding balance 2025      Undisbursed portion         

Member in

whose

territory

loans have

been made

   Sovereign -
guaranteed
     Concessional
Sovereign -
guaranteed
     Total
Sovereign -
guaranteed
     Non -
Sovereign -
guaranteed
            of approved loans         
   Total      Total      Signed      Outstanding
balance
2024
 

Argentina

   $ 19,103      $ —       $ 19,103      $ 104      $ 19,207      $ 5,531      $ 5,036      $ 17,534  

Bahamas

     1,054        —         1,054        —         1,054        367        257        894  

Barbados

     953        —         953        —         953        274        194        880  

Belize

     165        —         165        —         165        83        66        160  

Bolivia

     3,351        1,037        4,388        2        4,390        1,145        1,145        4,264  

Brazil

     15,276        —         15,276        581        15,857        7,809        4,381        15,796  

Chile

     3,178        —         3,178        107        3,285        960        818        2,971  

Colombia

     11,263        —         11,263        246        11,509        1,599        827        11,807  

Costa Rica

     2,477        —         2,477        51        2,528        981        781        2,523  

Dominican Republic

     4,052        42        4,094        —         4,094        2,268        1,418        4,162  

Ecuador

     8,824        69        8,893        177        9,070        1,967        986        8,917  

El Salvador

     2,782        68        2,850        91        2,941        1,830        1,425        2,436  

Guatemala

     1,476        164        1,640        92        1,732        1,503        253        1,873  

Guyana

     834        419        1,253        —         1,253        209        209        852  

Honduras

     1,621        1,607        3,228        4        3,232        549        469        3,213  

Jamaica

     1,358        —         1,358        —         1,358        126        47        1,482  

Mexico

     12,389        —         12,389        118        12,507        1,297        550        13,768  

Nicaragua

     824        1,356        2,180        —         2,180        28        28        2,244  

Panama

     4,418        —         4,418        69        4,487        873        873        4,201  

Paraguay

     3,588        141        3,729        26        3,755        1,328        1,115        3,699  

Peru

     3,668        —         3,668        236        3,904        4,035        2,627        3,925  

Suriname

     996        5        1,001        —         1,001        363        363        978  

Trinidad and Tobago

     635        —         635        1        636        96        96        651  

Uruguay

     3,801        —         3,801        252        4,053        796        381        3,945  

Venezuela

     2,011        —         2,011        —         2,011        —         —         2,011  

Regional

     150        —         150        435        585        535        535        626  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total 2025

   $ 110,247      $ 4,908      $ 115,155      $ 2,592      $ 117,747      $ 36,552      $ 24,880     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total 2024

   $ 107,795      $ 4,955      $ 112,750      $ 3,062      $ 115,812      $ 32,092      $ 23,473      $ 115,812  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

This table excludes outstanding participated non- sovereign-guaranteed loans of $154 million at December 31, 2025 (2024 - $351 million). This table also excludes guarantees outstanding of $1,638 million at December 31, 2025 (2024 - $1,472 million).


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   134
 

 

SCHEDULE I-2(1)

SCHEDULE OF LOANS OUTSTANDING BY CURRENCY AND INTEREST RATE TYPE AND MATURITY STRUCTURE

December 31, 2025

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

Currency/Rate type

   Amount      Weighted (5)
average rate
(%)
     Average
maturity
(years)
 

United States dollars

        

Fixed-base cost

   $ 28,742        3.92        5.83  

Adjustable

     549        4.73        4.69  

Floating index rate (2),(3)

     65,474        5.44        8.15  

Fixed-rate Concessional

     4,894        0.80        22.53  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total United States dollars

     99,659        4.77        8.11  

Others

        

Fixed-base cost

     15,537        2.71        5.77  

Adjustable

     2,510        12.57        5.77  

Fixed-rate Concessional

     41        2.00        5.12  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Others

     18,088        4.08        5.76  

Loans outstanding

        

Fixed-base cost

     44,279        3.50        5.81  

Adjustable

     3,059        11.16        5.58  

Floating index rate

     65,474        5.44        8.06  

Fixed-rate Concessional (5)

     4,935        0.81        22.39  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Loans Outstanding

   $ 117,747        4.66        7.75  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

MATURITY STRUCTURE OF LOANS OUTSTANDING

December 31, 2025

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

Year of maturity

   Fixed-base
cost (4)
     Floating index
rate (2), (3)
     Fixed-rate
concessional (6)
     Total  

2026

   $ 4,227      $ 4,949      $ 119      $ 9,295  

2027

     4,524        4,578        115        9,217  

2028

     5,768        5,152        111        11,031  

2029

     4,565        5,215        106        9,886  

2030

     4,077        4,770        103        8,950  

2031 to 2035

     13,247        21,109        426        34,782  

2036 to 2040

     6,220        14,613        354        21,187  

2041 to 2045

     1,628        7,113        216        8,957  

2046 to 2050

     23        1,034        735        1,792  

2051 to 2055

     —         —         1,410        1,410  

2056 to 2060

     —         —         985        985  

2061 to 2065

     —         —         255        255  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 44,279      $ 68,533      $ 4,935      $ 117,747  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average maturity (years)

     5.81        7.95        22.39        7.75  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Information presented before currency and interest rate swaps.

(2)

Refers to SOFR index, as applicable.

(3)

Includes adjustable loans.

(4)

Includes a total of $958 million in fixed rate loans.

(5)

The weighted-average rate of the total portfolio, after swaps, was 4.88%.

(6)

Includes $28 million of loans to other development institutions.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   135
 

 

SCHEDULE I-2(1)

SCHEDULE OF LOANS OUTSTANDING BY CURRENCY AND INTEREST RATE TYPE, AND MATURITY STRUCTURE

December 31, 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

Currency/Rate type

   Amount      Weighted (4)
average rate
(%)
     Average
maturity
(years)
 

United States dollars

        

Fixed-base cost

   $ 33,922        3.68        6.09  

Adjustable

     650        5.34        4.88  

Floating index rate (2),(3)

     61,981        5.98        8.15  

Fixed-rate Concessional

     4,936        0.83        22.83  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total United States dollars

     101,489        4.96        8.11  

Others

        

Fixed-base cost

     11,675        2.89        4.96  

Adjustable

     2,600        11.09        5.87  

Fixed-rate Concessional

     48        2.00        5.38  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Others

     14,323        4.37        5.12  

Loans outstanding

        

Fixed-base cost

     45,597        3.48        5.80  

Adjustable

     3,250        9.94        5.67  

Floating index rate

     61,981        5.98        8.08  

Fixed-rate Concessional (5)

     4,984        0.84        22.66  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Loans Outstanding

   $ 115,812        4.89        7.74  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

MATURITY STRUCTURE OF LOANS OUTSTANDING

December 31, 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)

 

 

Year of maturity

   Fixed-base
cost(4)
     Floating Index
rate(2),(3)
     Fixed-rate
concessional (6)
     Total  

2025

   $ 6,318      $ 4,891      $ 121      $ 11,330  

2026

     3,672        3,870        119        7,661  

2027

     4,431        4,381        115        8,927  

2028

     5,422        4,961        111        10,494  

2029

     4,110        5,085        106        9,301  

2030 to 2034

     13,603        20,403        455        34,461  

2035 to 2039

     6,049        14,086        365        20,500  

2040 to 2044

     1,886        6,565        254        8,705  

2045 to 2049

     106        988        484        1,578  

2050 to 2054

     —         1        1,342        1,343  

2055 to 2059

     —         —         1,072        1,072  

2060 to 2064

     —         —         440        440  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,597      $ 65,231      $ 4,984      $ 115,812  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average maturity (years)

     5.80        7.96        22.66        7.74  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Information presented before currency and interest rate swaps.

(2)

Refers to SOFR index, as applicable.

(3)

Includes adjustable loans.

(4)

Includes a total of $1,055 million in fixed rate loans.

(5)

The weighted-average rate of the total portfolio, after swaps, was 5.23%.

(6)

Includes $30 million of loans to other development institutions.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   136
 

 

SCHEDULE I-3

SCHEDULE OF SUBSCRIPTIONS TO CAPITAL STOCK

December 31, 2025 and 2024

(Expressed in millions of United States dollars)(1)

 

 

Members

   Subscribed
voting shares
     Paid-in
portion of
subscribed
capital
     Callable
portion of
subscribed
capital
     Additional
paid-in
capital(2)
     Total 2025      Total 2024  

Argentina

     1,609,442      $ 672.9      $ 18,742.5      $ 303.3      $ 19,718.7      $ 19,718.7  

Austria

     22,630        9.6        263.4        11.2        284.2        284.2  

Bahamas

     29,548        15.1        341.4        6.0        362.5        362.5  

Barbados

     19,306        8.1        224.8        1.1        234.0        234.0  

Belgium

     46,545        19.8        541.7        23.6        585.1        585.1  

Belize

     16,516        9.3        189.9        4.1        203.3        203.3  

Bolivia

     129,293        54.0        1,505.7        28.6        1,588.3        1,588.3  

Brazil

     1,609,442        672.9        18,742.5        325.5        19,740.9        19,740.9  

Canada

     567,039        241.7        6,598.8        185.9        7,026.4        7,026.3  

Chile

     441,995        184.8        5,147.2        94.0        5,425.9        5,425.9  

China

     424        0.2        5.0        123.9        129.1        129.1  

Colombia

     441,995        184.8        5,147.2        91.0        5,423.0        5,423.0  

Costa Rica

     64,684        27.0        753.3        13.8        794.1        794.1  

Croatia

     6,895        2.9        80.2        3.5        86.7        86.7  

Denmark

     24,061        10.3        280.0        11.1        301.4        301.4  

Dominican Republic

     86,317        36.1        1,005.2        20.0        1,061.3        1,061.3  

Ecuador

     86,090        36.0        1,002.5        18.0        1,056.6        1,056.6  

El Salvador

     64,514        27.0        751.3        12.8        791.0        791.0  

Finland

     22,630        9.6        263.4        10.6        283.6        283.6  

France

     268,659        114.5        3,126.4        123.3        3,364.2        3,364.2  

Germany

     268,659        114.5        3,126.4        127.8        3,368.7        3,368.7  

Guatemala

     81,728        34.7        951.2        19.3        1,005.2        1,005.2  

Guyana

     22,768        10.5        264.1        4.7        279.4        279.4  

Haiti

     64,514        27.0        751.3        12.9        791.2        791.2  

Honduras

     64,684        27.0        753.3        15.5        795.8        795.8  

Israel

     22,315        9.5        259.7        9.1        278.3        278.3  

Italy

     278,459        117.4        3,241.8        121.0        3,480.1        3,480.1  

Jamaica

     81,728        34.7        951.2        17.0        1,003.0        1,003.0  

Japan

     708,831        302.1        8,248.8        326.6        8,877.5        8,877.5  

Korea, Republic of

     424        0.2        5.0        1.0        6.1        6.1  

Mexico

     1,034,609        432.6        12,048.4        197.4        12,678.4        12,678.4  

Netherlands

     28,207        14.6        325.6        18.6        358.9        358.9  

Nicaragua

     64,514        27.0        751.3        14.2        792.4        792.4  

Norway

     24,061        10.3        280.0        10.9        301.1        301.1  

Panama

     64,514        27.0        751.3        14.9        793.1        793.1  

Paraguay

     64,514        27.0        751.3        16.6        794.9        794.9  

Peru

     215,445        90.1        2,508.9        47.3        2,646.3        2,646.3  

Portugal

     7,667        3.2        89.2        4.4        96.9        96.9  

Slovenia

     4,214        1.8        49.0        1.9        52.8        52.8  

Spain

     278,460        117.4        3,241.8        120.0        3,479.2        3,479.2  

Suriname

     12,524        7.2        143.8        3.4        154.5        154.5  

Sweden

     46,257        19.7        538.3        22.7        580.7        580.7  

Switzerland

     66,705        28.4        776.3        37.6        842.3        842.2  

Trinidad and Tobago

     61,244        26.0        712.8        12.5        751.4        751.4  

United Kingdom

     136,461        58.1        1,588.0        98.6        1,744.8        1,744.8  

United States

     4,253,664        1,813.1        49,500.7        2,923.3        54,237.1        54,237.1  

Uruguay

     172,646        72.2        2,010.5        33.2        2,115.9        2,115.9  

Venezuela

     482,267        249.3        5,568.5        171.0        5,988.8        5,988.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total 2025

     14,170,108      $ 6,039      $ 164,901      $ 5,815      $ 176,755     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total 2024

     14,170,108      $ 6,039      $ 164,901      $ 5,815         $ 176,755  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1)

Data are rounded, detail may not add up to total because of rounding.

(2)

Does not affect voting power. Refer to Note R for additional information.


Table of Contents
INFORMATION STATEMENT - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   137
 

 

SCHEDULE I-4

SCHEDULE OF SUBSCRIPTIONS TO CAPITAL STOCK AND VOTING POWER

December 31, 2025

 

 

Member countries

   Subscribed
voting shares
     Number
of votes
     % of total
number of
votes(1)
 

Regional developing members

        

Argentina

     1,609,442        1,609,577        11.354  

Bahamas

     29,548        29,683        0.209  

Barbados

     19,306        19,441        0.137  

Belize

     16,516        16,651        0.117  

Bolivia

     129,293        129,428        0.913  

Brazil

     1,609,442        1,609,577        11.354  

Chile

     441,995        442,130        3.119  

Colombia

     441,995        442,130        3.119  

Costa Rica

     64,684        64,819        0.457  

Dominican Republic

     86,317        86,452        0.610  

Ecuador

     86,090        86,225        0.608  

El Salvador

     64,514        64,649        0.456  

Guatemala

     81,728        81,863        0.577  

Guyana

     22,768        22,903        0.162  

Haiti

     64,514        64,649        0.456  

Honduras

     64,684        64,819        0.457  

Jamaica

     81,728        81,863        0.577  

Mexico

     1,034,609        1,034,744        7.299  

Nicaragua

     64,514        64,649        0.456  

Panama

     64,514        64,649        0.456  

Paraguay

     64,514        64,649        0.456  

Peru

     215,445        215,580        1.521  

Suriname

     12,524        12,659        0.089  

Trinidad and Tobago

     61,244        61,379        0.433  

Uruguay

     172,646        172,781        1.219  

Venezuela

     482,267        482,402        3.403  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total regional developing members

     7,086,841        7,090,351        50.015  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Canada

     567,039        567,174        4.001  

United States

     4,253,664        4,253,799        30.006  

Non-regional members

        

Austria

     22,630        22,765        0.161  

Belgium

     46,545        46,680        0.329  

China

     424        559        0.004  

Croatia

     6,895        7,030        0.050  

Denmark

     24,061        24,196        0.171  

Finland

     22,630        22,765        0.161  

France

     268,659        268,794        1.896  

Germany

     268,659        268,794        1.896  

Israel

     22,315        22,450        0.158  

Italy

     278,459        278,594        1.965  

Japan

     708,831        708,966        5.001  

Korea, Republic of

     424        559        0.004  

Netherlands

     28,207        28,342        0.200  

Norway

     24,061        24,196        0.171  

Portugal

     7,667        7,802        0.055  

Slovenia

     4,214        4,349        0.031  

Spain

     278,460        278,595        1.965  

Sweden

     46,257        46,392        0.327  

Switzerland

     66,705        66,840        0.471  

United Kingdom

     136,461        136,596        0.964  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-regional members

     2,262,564        2,265,264        15.979  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Grand total

     14,170,108        14,176,588        100.000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Data are rounded; detail may not add to total because of rounding.


Table of Contents

LOGO

The issuance of this Information Statement and any prospectus and the offering and sale of debt securities are not a waiver by the Bank or by any of its members, Governors, Executive Directors, their Alternates, officers or employees of any of the rights, immunities, privileges, or exemptions conferred upon any of them by the Agreement Establishing the Inter-American Development Bank or by any statute, law or regulation of any member of the Bank or any political subdivision of any member, all of which are hereby expressly reserved. No person is authorized to give any information or to make any representation not contained or incorporated by reference in this Information Statement or any prospectus; and any information or representation not contained or incorporated by reference herein must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Bank or by any dealer, underwriter or agent of the Bank. Neither this Information Statement nor any prospectus constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy debt securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction.